Catalog TURCK

INTERFACE
TECHNOLOGY
Sense it! Connect it! Bus it! Solve it!
Interface technology
Interface
Interface technolog
more@turck.com www.turck.com Edition I/2013
The company
The comp
The company
The company
The company
TURCK is one of the leading manufac RFID, we offer efficient solutions for fac
turers in industrial automation. With tory and process automation. With o
ur
more than 3,000 employees in 27 coun state-of-the-art production facilities
in
tries as well as sales partners in a further Germany, Switzerland, the USA, M
exico
60 states, we are always close to you. As and China and as a family-owned com
a specialist in sensor, fieldbus, connec pany, we are able to react quickly and
tion and interface technology and also flexibly to the demands of local markets.
Human Machine Interfaces (HMI) and
The product portfolio

Whether applied in machine and plant and operational safety through effective
construction, in the sectors of auto product standardization. We provide you
motive, transport and handling, food with optimal solutions for your automa
and beverage or in the chemical or phar tion lines. This is possible thanks to the
maceutical industry, automation solu industry-specific know-how we have ac
tions and products by TURCK increase quired in close co-operation with our
the availability and efficiency of your sys customers and through electronics de
tems. Moreover, you also lower your velopment and production on the high
costs for purchasing, storage, installation est level.
Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG Tel. +49 208 49 52-0 Fax +49 208 49 52-264
The company
pany
Our service
Based on 50 years of experience and e x
tensive know-how, we support our cus
tomers with efficient service in every
project phase, from a first analysis up to
tailor-made solutions and commis
sioning of your application. We aim at
enhancing the efficiency and productivi
ty of your production processes and ma

chines continuously. The excellent quali
ty of our products combined with the
support of our s pecialists and fast deliv
ery service guarantees you high system
availability.
The product data base

Whether software tools for program ucts and solutions fast, seven days a
ming, configuration or commissioning week, at any place worldwide and in
support are required, detailed data nine different languages. You have ac
sheets or CAD data are available in 80 ex cess to nearly all products and solutions
port formats. The product data base at clearly structured, completely
docu
www.turck.com helps you to find p
rod mented and free for download.
Table of contents
Table of c
Table of contents
Table of contents
TURCK interface technology

TURCK offers the full range of interface
products for control and automation,
available in many different designs,
types and with many functions for sepa
rating, conditioning, processing, con
verting and adapting digital and analog
signals. The different product types meet
the highest industrial standards and pro
vide more flexibility for planning, build
ing and extending industrial plants:
IM series Universally applicable de
vices for DIN rail mounting with uni

versal power supply unit and remova
ble terminal blocks
IMS series Slim 6.2 mm design for
DIN rail mounting
IMB series with high channel density
for backplane mounting
IMC Distributed interface technology
in IP67
How to find the right solution for my application?

The table of contents and the selection
table provide a general overview of avail
able product series and functions. Each
chapter also includes the type code and
a short description of each product se
ries, explaining the essential functions
and features. If you already know the
type code or the ID number of an item,
please refer to the type index (p.304). It
guides you to the desired product. The

QR code is new. You find it on the first
page of each chapter. Just scan the code
and you are guided directly to our online
product data base where you get com
prehensive information about the prod
uct groups of your choice.
Page 6
Page 10
IM/IMS/IMSP modular housing
Page 12
IMB Interface module backplane
Page 60
IMC Interface module cartridge
Page 80
Accessories
Page 96
IMB Interface
module backplane
IMC Interface
module cartridge
Accessories
Explosion protection
Page 282
Functional Safety (SIL)
Page 294
Glossary
Page 296
Index of types
Page 304
Engineers Guide
Page 100
Glossary
Functional Safety
(SIL)
Explosion
protection
Engineers Guide
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
Series and
functions
Series and functions
Index of types
contents
Functions and applications
Functions and
applications
Table of contents
Function
applicatio
Functions and appl

Isolating switching amplifiers
Isolating switching amplifiers are applied

for galvanically separated transmission
of binary signals provided by sensors
and mechanical contacts. The devices
are equipped with intrinsically safe con
trol circuits and transmit binary signals

from the Ex to the non-Ex area. S ensors
according to DIN EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
and mechanical contacts can
be
connected.
Rotation speed monitors/pulse counters

In the field of control and regulation
monitoring of rotary and oscillating mo
tions is the primary task. Revs of drives or
shafts as well as stroke and swivel mo
tions can be monitored with rotation
speed monitors. In order to achieve short
response times for all applications, low

frequencies are monitored according to
the principle of period duration meas
urement and high frequencies are moni
tored with a time window.
Analog signal isolators Input field side intrinsically safe

Analog signal isolators are used to gal nal isolators are HART t ransmissible and
vanically separate standard current and support parametrization of field devices
voltage signals, to condition them and if via the HART protocol.
etween the
required, to transfer them b
Ex and the non-Ex area. Many analog sig
ns and
ons
lications
Isolating transducers
Isolating transducers detect physical mitted between the Ex and the non-Ex
quantities and convert them into elec area. Many isolating transducers are
trical values via transmitter at the input HART transmissible and support para
circuit. The electrical signals provided by metrization of field devices via the
the transmitter are processed, galvanic HART protocol.
ally separated and if required trans
Temperature measuring amplifiers

Temperature measuring amplifiers trans standard signals of 0/210 VDC or
form signals provided by thermocouples 0/420 mA.
or resistance thermodetectors (RTD) into
Analog signal isolators Output field side intrinsically safe

Analog signal isolators are used to gal
vanically separate standard current and
voltage signals, to condition them and if
etween the
required, to transfer them b
Ex and the non-Ex area. Typical applica
tions are for example, the control of I/P
converters (e.g. at control valves) or indi

cators in the Ex area. Many a nalog signal
isolators are HART trans
missible and
support parametrization of field devices
via the HART protocol.
Function
applicatio
Functions and appl

Potentiometer amplifiers
Potentiometer amplifiers convert the signals. They can be connected to po

variable resistance value of a poten tentiometers in 3 or 5-wire technology.
tiometer in standard current or voltage
Limit value indicators

Limit value indicators monitor values of justed values and window limits (win
standard current and voltage signals. dow function) and issue an alert
They monitor over or underrange of ad message.
Solenoid drivers
Solenoid drivers supply galvanically s ep control of Ex i pilot valves as well as the
arated as well as current and voltage lim supply of displays and transmitters.
ited power. Typical applications are the
ns and
ons
lications
Relay couplers
Relay couplers galvanically separate any VDC to 230 VAC for example, suppress
type of signal, convert signal levels 24 interference levels and amplify signals.
Power supplies
The switching, processing and monit power adapters, to convert the m
ains al
to
oring devices have to be fed with d
iffer ternating voltage from 230 VAC
ent currents and voltages not p
rovided 24 VDC for example.
by the mains. We provide high-quality
Surge protection devices

The possibility of surges being coupled
into the wiring may lead to interference
or even destruction of sensitive signal in
puts in MSR circuits. In order to avoid
downtime costs, measures must be tak
en in the close vicinity to protect the
MSR devices. Special surge protection

devices which are connected upstream
of the corresponding interface modules,
provide seamless protection against
surges and are exactly tuned to the type
of signals and the circuitry in use.
Series an
Series and function

Analog signal isolators
Input field side
Isolating transducers
Temperature measuring
amplifiers
Series
Rotation speed monitors
Isolating switching amplifiers
Channels:
1,2,3,4
Channels: 1
Channels: 1, 2
Channels: 1, 2
Channels: 1
IM1-
IM12-
IM21-
IM31-
IM33-
IM34-
on page 18
on page 22
on page 24
on page 30
on page 36
Interface technology in modular housing

Series IM
104 x 18 x 110 mm
104 x 27 x 110 mm
110 x 27 x 110 mm
Series IMS
114,5 x 6,2 x 90 mm
Channels: 1, 2
Channels: 1
IMS-AI-
IMS-TI-
on page 28
on page 40
Interface technology for the backplane

Series IMB
bachplane (page 61):
176 x 210 mm
Interface cards
118 x 18 x 103 mm
Channels: 4
Channels: 2
Channels: 2
Channels: 2
IMB-DI-
IMB-AI-
IMB-AIA-
IMB-TI-
on page 68
on page 70
on page 72
on page 74
Channels: 2
Channels: 1
Channels: 1
IMC-DI-
IMC-AI-
IMC-AIA-
on page 86
on page 88
on page 90
Distributed Interface technology in IP67

Series IMC
100 x 32 x 25 mm
10
nd functions
Potentiometer amplifiers
Limit value indicators
Valve control modules
Relay couplers
Power supplies
Channels: 1, 2
Channels: 1
Channels: 1
Channels: 1, 2
Channels: 1 ,2
Channels: 1
Channels:
1,2,4
IM35-
IM36-
IM43-
IM72-
IM73-
IM82-
IMSP-
on page 42
on page 46
on page 48
on page 50
on page 52
on page 54
on page 58
Channels: 2
Channels: 4
IMB-AO-
IMB-DO-
on page 76
on page 78
Channels: 1
Channels: 1
IMC-AO-
IMC-DO-
on page 92
on page 94
Surge protection devices
Analog signal isolators

Output field side
ns
11
Interface technology in modular housings
12
IM/IMS/IMSP mod
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
IM/IMS/IMSP modular housing

IM/IMS/IMSP series Interface technology in modular housing
The interface modules of the IM, IMS and and are connected upstream to the re
IMSP series are incorporated in a com spective interface modules. Thanks to
pact housing which is simply snapped many functions and parametrization o
p
on a DIN rail EN 60715. They
can be tions, the 18 mm and 27 mm devices o
f
aligned close together, horizont
ally or the IM series are extremely versatile.
vertically. The 1 and 2-channel IMS mod They are equipped with a universal pow
ules (Interface Modul Small) are only er supply unit, providing 2
0250VUC or
6.2 mm slim and offer functions such as rather 20250 VAC / 20125 VDC for
galvanic isolation, signal conditioning Ex devices, and can thus be connected to
and temperature measurement. The all industrial mains supplies.
surge protection modules of the IMSP se
ries are just as slim as the IMS modules
13
Our stren
advantag
Our strengths You
Our strengths Your advantages

Universal power supply unit Broad power spectrum
Made for a broad power range of vide sufficient reserve capacity and fulfill
20250 VUC and 20250 VAC / the explosion protection requirements.
20125VDC for Ex devices, the IM mod Further advantages of the modern inter
ules can be connected to all industrial face devices are their flexibility and sim
power supply networks. This makes the ple handling: The modules
have only
choice and stockage of devices and two terminals for power supply. You can
spare parts easier. The universal power apply AC as well as DC power. Bipolar
supply units from TURCK protect reliably connection of DC power is also possible.
against power surge and power sag, p
ro
Removable terminal blocks Simple and error-free installation

The IM devices are equipped with re are available with screw terminals, cage-
movable terminal blocks to simplify p
ro clamp terminals and a well accessible
ject planning, retrofitting and main terminal chamber for wires with a cross-
tenance of systems. They are easily section of 2.5mm2 (14 AWG). The c on
mounted, you avoid wiring errors when nectors are coded with red pins which
replacing devices and you reducemakes wrong plugging of
terminal
mounting and follow-up costs. The IMs blocks impossible.
Slim design, multichannel devices High packing density

Separating, transforming, processing,6.2mm slim and easy to parametrize via
converting and conditioning digital and DIP switch, the one and two-channel IMS
analog signals these are the unique modules set new standards in terms of
features of the compact and slim IM and channel density and flexibility. They can
IMS devices. They are also available as be mounted side-by-side,
thus saving
two and four-channel types. The multi space in the cabinet and still remaining
channel IM series offers the full range of user-friendly and reliable to h
andle.
solutions in a modular snap-fit housing
nly
of just 110 x 18 or 27mm. Being o
14
ngths Your
ges
Screw and snap-fit mounting Flexible installation
The IM and IMS interface modules can be side, they can either be aligned horizont
snapped on DIN rail acc. to DINEN60715 ally or vertically.
or screwed on a panel. Mounted side-by-
Different operating concepts Suited for every application

Interface modules have to proof their
functionality in every day practice. For
this purpose, they have to meet the re
quirements of the application they are
intended for. In order to meet the re
quirements in terms of handling, com
missioning and diagnostics, our interface
modules are available in
different de
signs and also with different o

perating
concepts. The product portfolio includes
devices with DIP or rotary c oding switch,
teachable devices with
intuitive menu
navigation and easy to p
arametrize mod
ules with FDT/DTM based diagnostics
we offer made-to-measure solutions for
any requirements.
Broad choice of products Made-to-measure solutions

The IM interface modules are available as SIL certified devices. No matter the pur
one to four-channel versions. They are pose, whether for standard or special ap
applicable in many ways and are thus plications, for simple or complex require
the right choice for your individual de ments, manually adjusted or computer
mands. The devices combine features programmed, with standard status mes
such as compact design, different oper sages or different diagnostic functions:
ating concepts and configuration modes The IM series is universally
applicable
as well as many functions for separating, and covers the entire spectrum of tasks
transforming, processing, convertingthat need to be solved by e
fficient inter
and conditioning digital and analog s ig face technology.
nals. We also offer Ex area approved a nd
15
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
ur advantages
Type cod
Type code
Type code
IM 12 - 2 2 1 Ex - MT / 24VDC
IM Design
IM Interface module
16
12 Functional principle
1 isolating switching amplifier
with line monitoring
1 2 isolating switching amplifier
without line monitoring
2 1 rotation speed monitor/
frequency converter
3 1 analog input amplifier
3 3 isolating transducer
3 4 temperature amplifier
3 5 analog output amplifier
3 6 potentiometer amplifier
4 3 limit value indicator
7 2 digital output/
valve control module
7 3 relay coupling module
8 2 power supply unit/
power supply
- 2 2 1
Number of channels
Number of additional outputs
1 e.g. additional alarm output
Number of channels on control
side
1 one output channel
2 two output channels
3 three output channels
4 four output channels
5 five output channels
Number of channels on field side
1 one input channel
2 two input channels
4 four input channels
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
de
Ex Device class
Ex
associated device with

intrinsically safe field circuits
- MT
Output type
R
T
I
relay switching output

transistor switching output
analog current output
0/420 mA
U analog voltage output 0/210 V

MT MOSFET switching output
C FDT/DTM parameterizable
via computer
D display
H HART
/ 24VDC
Power supply
24 VDC
supplied with 24 VDC
not
wide-range power
specified supply
L
loop powered, supplied
by the control circuit
17

DIN rail devices, IM series
Isolating switching amplifiers IM1/IM12

Isolating switching amplifiers of the IM Features
series are approved for connection to in
trinsically safe sensors acc. to E N60947- Isolating switching amplifiers for DIN
rail mounting, 1 to 4-channel
5-6 (NAMUR) or mechanical
contacts.
Among the choices are single to 4-chan Galvanic separation of input circuits,
output circuits and power supply
nel devices, either with relay or transis
tor output. We also offer types w
ith Inputs for sensors acc. to EN 60947-5-6
(NAMUR) or mechanical contacts
common alarm output and signal multi
plier. NO/NC mode as well as on/off Relay, transistor or MOSFET switching
outputs, changeover/NO
switching of wire-break and short-circuit
monitoring are separately adjustable via Adjustable signal flow direction(NO/
NC mode)
front panel switches. Operational readi
ness, switching status and errors indicat ON/OFF switchable line monitoring
(short-circuit, wire-break)
ed by LEDs.
SIL2
Universal operating voltage
Removable terminal blocks, reverse-
polarity protected
Properties

Housing styles
Modular housings, widths
18mm or 27mm, snapped
on DIN rail or screwed on
panel
I/O channels
1, 2, 3, 4-channel; intrinsical
ly safe inputs; relay, transis
tor or MOSFET s witching
outputs
Operating concept/LEDs
Parametrized via DIP switch;
operational readiness,
switching status/errors indi
cated via LEDs
Electrical connections
Screw or cage-clamp termi
nals, removable t erminal
blocks

Approvals
ATEX, UL, FM, CSA, IECEx,
GOST, SIL, NEPSI, TIIS

Special features
Approved for zone 2; c om
mon alarm output; signal
multiplier
Internet-Link
Scan the QR code to access
our products on the internet
18

Isolating switching amplifier 1-channel 18mm Signal multiplier

General data
Operating voltage
Protection class
Ambient temperature

Electrical connection
Protection type
20250VAC /
20125VDC
IP20
-25+70C
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Power consumption
Mounting instruction
4 x 3-pole removable
terminal blocks, reverse
polarity protected, screw
connection
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Operating concept
3W
For mounting on DIN rail or
mounting panel
DIP switch
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
NO/NC mode adjustable, input circuit monitoring of wire-break and short circuit (ON/OFF switchable)
Types and data selection table
Type
Output circuits
Switching current per output
Switching frequency
Protection type
IM1-12EX-MT
2 x MOSFET (potential-free, short-

circuit protected)
2 x relays (NO)
2 x transistor (potential-free, short-
circuit protected)
90 mA
1000Hz
Ex nA [ic Gc] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
2 A
50 mA
10Hz
5000Hz
Ex nA nC [ic Gc] IIC/IIB T4 Gc 102

104
IM1-12EX-R
IM1-12EX-T
100
Isolating switching amplifier 2-channel 18mm Common alarm output

General data
Operating voltage
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
20250VAC /
20125VDC
IP20
-25+70C
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Power consumption
connection
Operating concept
3W
mounting panel
DIP switch
Type
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Protection type
IM1-121EX-R
IM1-121EX-T
2 x relays (NO)
circuit protected)
2 A
50 mA
10Hz
5000Hz

108
Engineers Guide on page 100 ff

19

Isolating switching amplifier 2-channel 18mm

General data
Operating voltage
Power consumption

Operating concept
20250VAC /
20125VDC
3W
mounting panel
Protection class
IP20
Ambient temperature
DIP switch
Protection type
-25+70C
connection
Type
Output circuits
Switching current per output Switching frequency Test voltage Protection type
IM1-22EX-MT
2 x MOSFET (potential-free, short-

circuit protected)
2 x relays (NO)
circuit protected)
2 x relays (NO)
100 mA
1000Hz
2.5 kV
2 A
50 mA
10Hz
5000Hz
2.5 kV
2.5 kV

114
2 A
10Hz
4.0 kV
IM1-22EX-R
IM1-22EX-T
IM1-22EX-R/K51
110
Isolating switching amplifier 2-channel 18mm Signal multiplier

General data
Operating voltage
Switching current per
output
Test voltage
Power consumption
Operating concept
Protection type
20250VAC /
20125VDC
2 A
Output circuits
2 x relays (NO)
Switching frequency
10Hz
2.5 kV
3W
mounting panel
Protection class
Ambient temperature
DIP switch
Ex nA nC [ic Gc] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
Protection type
IP20
-25+70C
connection
Adjustable signal flow direction (NO/NC)

Type
IM12-22EX-R
20
118


General data
Operating voltage
output
Test voltage
Power consumption
Operating concept
Protection type
20250VAC /
20125VDC
2 A
Output circuits
2 x relay (change-over)
Switching frequency
10Hz
2.5 kV
3W
mounting panel
Protection class
Ambient temperature
DIP switch
Ex nA nC [ic Gc] IIC T4
Protection type
IP20
-25+70C
connection
[Ex ia Ga] IIC ; [Ex ia Da] IIIC
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
Isolating switching amplifier 2-channel 27mm Common alarm output
Type
IM1-231EX-R
120
Isolating switching amplifier 4-channel 27mm

General data
Test voltage
Power consumption
Operating concept
2.5 kV
3W
mounting panel
Protection class
Ambient temperature
IP20
-25+70C
connection
DIP switch
Switching
frequency
10Hz
Protection type
Protection type
122
5 x transistor (potential-free, short- 50 mA

circuit protected)
5 x relays (NO)
2 A
3000Hz
124
10Hz
[Ex ia Ga] IIC ; [Ex ia Da] IIIC Ex nA nC [ic Gc] IIC T4 126
5 x transistor (potential-free, short- 50 mA

circuit protected)
3000Hz
[Ex ia Ga] IIC ; [Ex ia Da] IIIC Ex nA [ic Gc] IIC T4
Type
Operating voltage Output circuits
IM1-451-R
20250VAC /
20250VDC
20250VAC /
20250VDC
20250VAC /
20125VDC
20250VAC /
20125VDC
IM1-451-T
IM1-451EX-R
IM1-451EX-T
5 x relays (NO)
Switching current
per output
2 A
128

21

Rotation speed monitors/Pulse counters IM21

The rotation speed monitors IM21-14- Features
CDTRI analyse and monitor for example
pulse frequencies, revs and pulse trains Rotation speed monitor/ frequency
converter
of rotating motor parts, gears or
tur
for DIN rail mounting, 1-channel
bines. You can connect sensors acc. to
EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR) and 3-wire sen Operating range 0.06 600000min-1
Overrange and underrange monitor
sors or external signal sources to the
ing of value and window limits
non-Ex type. NAMUR sensors are moni
tored according to wire-break or short- Galvanic separation of input circuits,
circuit depending on the
adjustment
made. The current value is indicated on Control of sensors acc. to DIN EN
60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
a display at the front. The o
utputs are
parametrized via
pushbuttons at the Line
monitoring of wire-break/short-circuit
front. They can also be parametrized via
PC (FDT/DTM). The switching status of 2 x relays (1 x transistor output)
the corresponding output relay i.e. tran 1 x current output 0/420 mA
sistor is indicated by a yellow LED and Continuously switching output Ex nL
IIC/IIB
operational readiness by a green LED.
Removable terminal blocks, reverse
polarity protected
Properties
Housing styles
Modular housing, width
27mm, snapped on DIN rail
or screwed on panel

Screw and cage-clamp t er
minals, removable terminal
blocks

I/O channels
Single-channel; connection
of sensors acc. to EN 60947-
5-6; 2xrelays (NO), 1
xtran
sistor, 1xcurrent output
0/420mA, pulse output
Display; parametrized via
FDT/DTM; with diagnostic
function

Approvals
Ex type: ATEX, IECEx, FM,
GOST, TIIS

Special features
Ex type: Approved for zone;
ring buffer for 8000meas
ured values; pulse d
ivider
Internet-Link
22

Rotation speed monitor 1-channel 27mm Device with display

General data
Output circuits
Load resistance current
output
0/420mA
0.6k
Fault current
Output circuits

output
Test voltage
Power consumption
2 A
Switching frequency
2.5 kV
3W
mounting panel
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Operating concept
Teach button (display

settings), parametrizable via
PC, HART protocol

0 / 22mA adjustable
1 x transistor (potential-free,
short-circuit protected), 2 x
relays (NO)
10Hz
IP20
-25+70C
connection
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
Monitoring of rotation over/underspeed and window limits; pulse divider

Type
Operating voltage
Protection type
Protection type
IM21-14-CDTRI
IM21-14EX-CDTRI
20250VAC / 20250VDC
20250VAC / 20125VDC
[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC
130
132

23

Analog signal isolators IM31 Input on the field side

Standard active voltage or current sig Features
nals are galvanically separated and
transferred via IM31 analog signal isola Analog signal isolators, intrinsically
safe input circuits Ex ia, 1 and
tors from the Ex to the non-Ex area. W
e
2-channel
offer 1 and 2-channel devices with in
trinsically safe input circuits 0/210 V Transfer of standard analog signals
from the Ex area to the non-Ex area
resp. 0/420 mA and short-circuit proof
output circuits 0/420 mA. Two a djust Application area acc. to
ATEX:II(1)G;II(1)D;II3G
ments can be made via DIP switch at the
front: Unattenuated 1:1 transmission of Galvanic separation of input circuits,
input signals or dead-
zero signals
(010 V resp. 020 mA) a re output as Input circuit 0/210 V or 0/420 mA
live-zero signals (420 m
A). Operational Output circuit 0/210 V or
0/420mA
readiness is indicated by a green LED.
Removable terminal blocks
Universal operating voltage, reverse
polarity protected
Properties
Housing styles
or screwed on panel

Electrical versions
blocks

I/O channels
Single and dual-channel; in
trinsically safe input, non-in
trinsically safe output 0/
210 V or 020mA
Transmission behaviour ad
justable via DIP switch: 1:1 /
dead-zero / live-zero; opera
tional readiness indicated by
LED

Approvals
ATEX, UL, FM, IECEx, GOST

Special features
Ex type: Approved for
zone2; signal multiplier
Internet-Link
24

Analog signal isolator 1-channel 18mm

General data
Operating voltage
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V

50k
0.5k
Test voltage
Power consumption
2.5 kV
2.2W
mounting panel
Input resistance (voltage)

output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Operating concept
DIP switch
20250VAC /
20250VDC
Input resistance (current) 50
Output circuits
0/420mA
IP20
-25+70C
connection
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing

Type
IM31-11-I
134
Analog signal isolator 1-channel 18mm Signal multiplier

General data
Operating voltage
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V

50k
0.5k
Test voltage
Power consumption
2.5 kV
2.2W
mounting panel

output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Operating concept
DIP switch
20250VAC /
20125VDC
Output circuits
0/420mA

IP20
-25+70C
connection

Type
Protection type
Protection type
IM31-12-I
IM31-12EX-I
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC
136
138

25

Analog signal isolator 2-channel 18mm

General data
Operating voltage
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V

50k
0.5k
Test voltage
Power consumption
2.5 kV
2.2W
mounting panel

output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Operating concept
DIP switch
20250VAC /
20250VDC
Output circuits
0/420mA
IP20
-25+70C
connection

Type
IM31-22-I
140
Analog signal isolator 1-channel 18mm Input field side intrinsically safe

General data
Operating voltage
20250VAC /
20125VDC
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Power consumption
2.2W
mounting panel
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V

Protection class
Ambient temperature
Operating concept
DIP switch
Protection type
50k
IP20
-25+70C
connection
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da]
IIIC
Protection type

Type
Output circuits
Load resistance current output
Load resistance voltage output
IM31-11EX-I
IM31-11EX-U
0/420mA
0/210V
0.5k
0.5k
26
142
144


General data
Operating voltage
20250VAC /
20125VDC
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Power consumption
2.2W
mounting panel
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V

Protection class
Ambient temperature
Operating concept
DIP switch
Protection type
50k
IP20
-25+70C
connection
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da]
IIIC
Protection type
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
Analog signal isolator 2-channel 18mm Input field side intrinsically safe

Type
Output circuits
IM31-22EX-I
IM31-22EX-U
0/420mA
0/210V
0.5k
0.5k
146
148

27

DIN rail devices, IMS series
Analog signal isolators IMS-AI width 6.2mm

Galvanic isolation, signal conditioning Features
and transmission in a slim 6.2mm hous
ing these are the unique features p
ro Analog signal isolators, 1 and
2-channel
vided by the IMS series for DIN rail
mounting. The analog signal isolators Modular housing, width 6.2mm, for
galvanically separate and transmit DIN rail mounting
standard active current signals. In a ddi 2-channel: Input0/420mA, out
put0/420mA, loop-powered
tion to a 2-channel version for simple
separation of signals without condition 1-channel, adjustable: Input0/
420mA/010 V, Output0/
ing, we also offer a 1-channel
device
420mA/010V
with signal conditioning (dead-zero/livezero). Input and output signal Galvanic separation of input circuits,
(0/420mA or 010V) are adjusted via
DIP switch. Galvanic separation of input,
output and power supply is safe up to
1.5 kV for modules supplied with 24VDC.
Properties
Housing styles
6.2mm, snapped on DIN rail

Electrical versions
Screw terminals; terminal
cross-section 2.5mm2

I/O channels
Single or dual-channel; in
put and output 0/420 mA
or 010 V

Approvals
UL

Single-channel: Input/out
put parametrized via DIP
switch; operational readi
ness indicated by LED
Special features
6.2 mm modular housing
with high packing density
Internet-Link
28

Analog signal isolator 1-channel 6.2mm

General data
Operating voltage
1929VDC
Output circuits
0/420mA / 010V
Load resistance voltage
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
0/420 mA; 0/210 V

330k
0.4k
1k
Analog input
output
Test voltage
IP20
-20+60C
screw terminals
Power consumption
Operating concept
0.312W
For mounting on DIN rail
DIP switch
1.5 kV
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing

Type
IMS-AI-UNI/24V
150
Analog signal isolator 2-channel 6.2mm
General data
Analog input
Output circuits
0/420 mA
0/420mA
Test voltage
Power consumption
Operating concept
1.5 kV
0.312W
DIP switch
Input resistance (current)

output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
100
0.4k
IP20
-20+60C
screw terminals

Type
IMS-AI-DLI-22-DLI/L
152

29

Isolating transducers IM33

The 1 channel HART isolating transduc
ers IM33 are used to operate intrinsically
safe 2-wire HART transducers in the Ex
area and to transmit the intrinsically safe
signals to the non-Ex area. Bidirectional
transmission of analog and digital HART
communication signals is possible. Alter
natively, also active signals can be read
in by 3 or 4-wire transmitters. P
ower
supply max. 17VDC. The 1 and 2-chan
nel devices feature 0/420 mA
input
and output circuits. The input signals are
transferred unattenuated 1:1 to the out
puts in the non-Ex area. Wire-break or
short-circuit in the measuring transducer
circuit are indicated as currents of 0mA
or > 22.5mA. O
perational readiness is in
dicated by a g
reen LED.
Features
HART isolating transducers, intrinsi
cally safe input circuits Ex ia, 1 and

2-channel
Power supply of 2-wire HART capable
measuring transducers as well as con
nection to active 2-wire and passive
3-wire transmitters
Power supply 17VDC
Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G,
II(1)D; II3G
Galvanic separation of input circuits,
Inputs and outputs 0/420 mA
SIL 2
Removable terminal blocks, reverse-
polarity protected
Properties

Housing styles
panel
I/O channels
trinsically safe inputs
0/420mA; output
0/420mA
Test sockets to connect a
HART handheld; operation
al readiness indicated by
LED
Electrical versions
blocks

Approvals
ATEX, UL, FM, IECEx, GOST,
SIL

Special features
HART transmission, a p
proved for zone 2
Internet-Link
30

HART isolating transducer 1-channel 18mm

General data
Operating voltage
Supply voltage
Output circuits
Test voltage
Power consumption
1929VDC
17V
0/420mA
2.5 kV
2.2W
mounting panel
Analog input
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
0/420 mA
250
0.5k
IP20
-25+70C
terminal blocks with test
socket, reverse polarity
protected, screw connection
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing

Type
IM33-11-HI/24VDC
154
Ex-HART isolating transducer 1-channel 18mm

General data
Operating voltage
Supply voltage
Output circuits
1929VDC
17V
0/420mA
Test voltage
Power consumption
2.5 kV
2.2W
mounting panel
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Analog input
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
0/420 mA
250
0.5k
IP20
-25+70C
Ex nA [nL] IIC/IIB T4

Type
IM33-11EX-HI/24VDC
156

31

Ex-HART isolating transducer 1-channel 18mm Signal multiplier

General data
Operating voltage
Supply voltage
Output circuits
1929VDC
17V
0/420mA
Test voltage
Power consumption
2.5 kV
3.2W
mounting panel
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Analog input
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
0/420 mA
250
0.5k
IP20
-25+70C

Type
IM33-12EX-HI/24VDC
158

Supply voltage
Output circuits
General data
Operating voltage
Test voltage
Power consumption
2.5 kV
3W
mounting panel
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC

20250VAC /
20125VDC
17V
0/420mA
Analog input
0/420 mA

output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
250
0.5k
Protection type
IP20
-25+70C
Ex [nL] nA IIC T4

Type
IM33-11EX-HI
IM33-12EX-HI
32
160
162

Ex-HART isolating transducer 1-channel 27mm Display

General data
Operating voltage
Supply voltage
Fault current
20250VAC /
20125VDC
17V
0 / 22mA adjustable
Output circuits
3 x relays (NO)
Switching frequency
Protection class
Ambient temperature
10Hz
IP20
-25+70C
connection
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB
Protection type
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
Output circuits
output
output
Test voltage
Power consumption
0/420mA
0.6k
Operating concept
Protection type
2 A
2.5 kV
3W
mounting panel
PC, HART protocol
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
Ex nA nC [nL] IIC/IIB T4 X

Type
IM33-14EX-CDRI
164
HART isolating transducer 2-channel 18mm

General data
Operating voltage
Supply voltage
Output circuits
Test voltage
Power consumption
1929VDC
17V
0/420mA
2.5 kV
3.2W
mounting panel
Analog input
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
0/420 mA
250
0.5k
IP20
-25+70C

Type
IM33-22-HI/24VDC
166

33


General data
Operating voltage
Supply voltage
Output circuits
1929VDC
17V
0/420mA
Test voltage
Power consumption
2.5 kV
3.2W
mounting panel
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Analog input
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
0/420 mA
250
0.5k
IP20
-25+70C

Type
IM33-22EX-HI/24VDC
168

General data
Operating voltage
Supply voltage
Output circuits
20250VAC /
20125VDC
17V
0/420mA
Test voltage
Power consumption
2.5 kV
3W
mounting panel
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Analog input
0/420 mA

output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
250
0.5k
Protection type
IP20
-25+70C
Ex [nL] nA IIC T4

Type
IM33-22EX-HI
34
170
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing


35

Temperature measuring amplifiers IM34

The IM34 temperature measuring ampli Features
fiers are designed to evaluate tempera
ture-dependent changes of N
i100/Pt100 Temperature
measuring amplifier 1-channel
resistors, thermocouples B, E , J, K, L, N, R,
S, T or low voltage in a range of -160 Input for Pt100/ Ni100 resistors in 2, 3
or 4-wire technology, variable resis
+160mV and to output t hem as temper
tors, thermocouples and millivolt
ature linear current s ignals. We also pro
signals
vide devices with an
additional relay
output for limit value monitoring. The Types with intrinsically safe input cir
cuits Ex ia, approved for zone 2, addi
devices are parametrized via PC using
tional limit value relay
FDT/DTM technology. The following ad
justments c an be made: 2, 3,or 4- wire Current output 0/420 mA
technology,
measuring range, wire- Galvanic separation of input circuits,
break monitoring, output behaviour in
the event of input circuit failure, internal Parametrized via PACTware
or external cold junction compensation, HART transmissible
temperature unit and mode (resistance, Removable terminal blocks
thermocouple, low voltage and line Universal operating voltage, reverse
polarity protected
compensation).
Properties

Housing styles
panel
I/O channels
Single-channel; Ni100/
Pt100, thermocouples, po
tentiometer- or mV input;
output 0/420mA; limit
value relay
Types with display, para
metrized via FDT/DTM; LEDs
indicating operational readi
ness, switching status and
errors
Electrical versions
blocks

Approvals
ATEX, UL, FM, IECEx, GOST

Special features
Approved for zone 2; ring
buffer for 8000measuring
points (IM34-CDRi)
Internet-Link
36

Temperature measuring amplifier 1-channel 18mm

General data
Operating voltage
20250VAC /
20250VDC
0 / 22mA adjustable
Fault current
Test voltage
Power consumption
2.5 kV
3W
mounting panel
Operating concept
Parametrizable via PC, HART

protocol
Output circuits
0/420mA

output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
0.6k
IP20
-25+70C
connection
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
Input for Pt100/ Ni100 resistors in 2, 3 or 4-wire technology, thermocouples and millivolt signals.
Type
IM34-11-Ci
172
Ex temperature measuring amplifier 1-channel 18mm

General data
Output circuits
output
Protection class
Protection type
0/420mA
0.6k
Fault current
Test voltage
0 / 22mA adjustable
2.5 kV
IP20
mounting panel
Ambient temperature
[Ex ia Ga] IIC ; [Ex ia Da] IIIC ;
Protection type
-25+70C
connection
Ex nA [ic Gc] IIC T4
Input for Pt100/ Ni100 resistors in 2, 3 or 4-wire technology, thermocouples and millivolt signals.
Type
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Operating concept
IM34-11EX-CI
IM34-11EX-I
IM34-11Ex-Ci/24VDC
20250VAC / 20125VDC
20250VAC / 20125VDC
2030VDC
3W
3W
1.5W
Parametrizable via PC, HART protocol

Rotary coding switch
Parametrizable via PC
174
176
178

37

Ex temperature measuring amplifier 1-channel 18mm Signal multiplier

General data
Operating voltage
Fault current
20250VAC /
20125VDC
0 / 22mA adjustable
Output circuits
1 x relays (NO)
Switching frequency
Protection class
Ambient temperature
10Hz
IP20
-25+70C
connection
Protection type
Output circuits
0/420mA

output
output
Test voltage
Power consumption
0.6k
Protection type
2 A
2.5 kV
3W
mounting panel

Type
Operating concept
IM34-12EX-CRI
IM34-12EX-RI

180
182
Ex temperature measuring amplifier 1-channel 27mm Display

General data
Operating voltage
Fault current
20250VAC /
20125VDC
0 / 22mA adjustable
Output circuits
3 x relays (NO)
Switching frequency
Protection class
Ambient temperature
10Hz
IP20
-25+70C
connection
[EEx ia] IIC
Protection type
Output circuits
0/420mA

output
output
Test voltage
Power consumption
0.6k
Operating concept
Protection type
2 A
2.5 kV
3W
mounting panel
PC, HART protocol
EEx nA nC [nL]
Input for Pt100/ Ni100 resistors in 2, 3 or 4-wire technology, variable resistors, thermocouples and millivolt signals
Type
IM34-14EX-CDRI
38
184
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing


39

Temperature measuring amplifier IMS-TI width 6.2mm

Galvanic isolation, signal conditioning Features
and transmission in a slim 6.2mm hous
ing these are the unique features p
ro Temperature
measuring amplifier 1-channel
vided by the IMS series for DIN rail
mounting. A 1-channel version is availa Modular housing, width 6.2mm, for
DIN rail mounting
ble for temperature measurement. Pt100
temperature probes in 2, 3 or 4-
wire Input for Pt100
technology can be connected. Measur Output signal 0/420 mA
ing range (50+150C, 0 +100C or Output signal 010 V
0+200 C) and output
signal Galvanic separation of input circuits,
(0/420mA or 010V) are adjusted via
DIP switch.
Properties
Housing styles
6.2mm, snapped on DINrail

Screw terminals; terminal
cross-section 2.5mm2

I/O channels
Single-channel; input for
Pt100 temperature probe;
output 0/420mA or
010V
Parametrized via DIP switch
Pt100 temperature probe (2,
3 or 4-wire) and output type;
operational readiness indi
cated by LED

Approvals
UL

Special features
6.2 mm modular housing
with high packing density
Internet-Link
40

Temperature measuring amplifier 1-channel 6.2mm

General data
Operating voltage
Output circuits
Load resistance voltage
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
1k
Input resistance (voltage) 1000k

Load resistance current 0.4k
output
Test voltage
1.5 kV
IP20
-20+60C
screw terminals
Power consumption
Operating concept
1929VDC
0/420mA / 010V
0.32W
DIP switch
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing

Type
IMS-TI-PT100/24V
186

41

Analog signal isolators IM35 Output on the field side

Standard current signals are galvanically
separated and transmitted (1:1) unatten
uated via the IM35 signal isolator from
the non-Ex to the Ex area. B
idirectional
transmission of analog and d
igital HART
communication signals is possible. Oper
ational readiness indicated by LED. Typi
cal applications are for example, the
control of I/P converters (e.g. at control
valves) or indicators in
the Ex area.
Handheld terminals can be connected to
the inputs and outputs.
Features
Analog signal isolator, intrinsically safe

output circuits, DIN rail mounting, 1
and 2-channel
Power supply of intelligent HART ca
pable actuators
Application area acc. to ATEX: II (1) GD
Input circuit 0/420 mA
Output circuit 0/420 mA, intrinsical
ly safe
SIL 2
polarity protected, 2mm test socket
Properties

Housing styles
18mm and 27mm, snapped
panel
I/O channels
put 0/420 mA; intrinsically
safe output 0/420 mA
blocks, 2mm test socket

Approvals
SIL

Test sockets (2mm) to con
nect a HART handheld; op
erational readiness indicated
by LED
Special features
Intelligent actuators sup
plied via HART communica
tion interface
Internet-Link
42

Analog signal isolator 1-channel 18mm Output field side intrinsically safe
General data
Operating voltage
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
1929VDC
110
0.6k
Analog input
Output circuits
Test voltage
0/420 mA
0/420mA
4.0 kV
IP20
-25+70C
Power consumption
Ex nA [ic Gc] IIC T4 Gc
Protection type
2.2W
mounting panel
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing

Type
IM35-11EX-HI/24VDC
188
General data
Operating voltage
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
1929VDC
110
0.6k
Analog input
Output circuits
Test voltage
0/420 mA
0/420mA
4.0 kV
IP20
-25+70C
Power consumption
Protection type
2.2W
mounting panel

Type
IM35-22EX-HI/24VDC
190

43

General data
Operating voltage
20250VAC /
20125VDC
output
Protection class
IP20
Ambient temperature
-25+70C
Analog input
0/420 mA
Output circuits
Test voltage
0/420mA
4.0 kV
Power consumption
Protection type
2W
mounting panel
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da]
Protection type
Ex nA [nL] IIC/IIB T4 X

Type
IM35-11EX-HI
192
General data
Operating voltage
20250VAC /
20125VDC
output
Protection class
IP20
Ambient temperature
-25+70C
Analog input
0/420 mA
Output circuits
Test voltage
0/420mA
4.0 kV
Power consumption
Protection type
2.7W
mounting panel
Protection type

Type
IM35-22EX-HI
44
194
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing


45

Potentiometer amplifiers IM36

The 1-channel IM36 potentiometer am Features
plifiers galvanically separate signals from
3-wire or 5-wire potentiometers
and Potentiometer amplifier, intrinsically
safe input circuits Ex ia, for DIN rail
transfers them as standard analog sig
mounting, 1-channel
nals from the Ex to the non-Ex area. T he
resistance value of the wiper
contact, Transmission of potentiometer signals
from the Ex area
ranging from 0 to the nominal resist
ance value (final value) of the potenti Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G
ometer, is detected and processed line Galvanic separation of input circuits,
arly. Suitable for p
otentiometers with a
nominal resistance of 800 and 100 k. Potentiometer, nominal resistance:
800 100k
Depending on the type, the devices are
available either with current output Output circuit 020 mA or 010V
020 mA or voltage output 010 V. Removable terminal blocks, reverse
polarity protected
Operational readiness is indicated by a
green LED.
Properties
Housing styles
or s crewed on panel

blocks

I/O channels
Single-channel, potentiome
ter input 80020000,
output 020mA or 010V

Approvals
ATEX, GOST

Internet-Link
46

Potentiometer amplifier 1-channel 18mm
General data
Operating voltage
Protection class
Ambient temperature
1929VDC
IP20
-25+60C
Test voltage
Power consumption
connection
Protection type
2.5 kV
2W
mounting panel
[EEx ia] IIC
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
Connection of potentiometers in 3/5-wire technology

Type
Output circuits
IM36-11EX-I/24VDC
IM36-11EX-U/24VDC
020mA
010V
196
198
Potentiometer amplifier 2-channel 27mm
General data
Operating voltage
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
20250VAC /
20125VDC
IP20
-25+70C
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Power consumption
connection
Ex nA nC [ic Gc] IIC T4 Gc
Protection type
2.2W
mounting panel
Connection of potentiometers in 3/5-wire technology

Type
Output circuits
IM36-22EX-I
IM36-22EX-U
0/420mA
010V
200
202

47

Limit value indicators IM43

The 1-channel limit value indicators of Features
the IM43 series monitor current flows of
0/420 mA or voltage flows of 0/ Limit value indicator, DIN rail mount
ing, 1-channel
210 V. Alternatively, passive 2-wire or
active 3-wire transmitters/sensors can be Monitors three adjustable limit values
of an analog input 0/420mA or 0/
operated at the input. 3 relay outputs for
210V
limit value indication are available at the
output. The IM43Ri feature additional Power supply of a passive 2-wire or ac
tive 3-wire transmitters/sensors
ly a current output 0/420 mA. Limit
values, signal flow direction and hystere Three relay outputs for limit value
indication
sis can be adjusted via coded rotary
switch, pushbutton or
PC (FDT/DTM). Current output 0/420mA (IM43-
Ri)
The universal isolating transducer IM4314-CDRI features a two-line display. The Galvanic separation of input circuits,
basic parameters are menu-driven using
four pushbuttons. F urther parametriza Isolating transducer IM43-14-CDRi
with display, parametrized via FDT/
tion options are p
rovided via the PC in
DTM or HART transmissible current
terface (FDT/DTM) or the current inter
interface
face with HART protocol.
Universal operating voltage, reverse
polarity protected
Properties
Housing styles
or screwed on panel

I/O channels
Single-channel; inputs
0/420mA or 0/210V or
transmitters; outputs 3xre
lays, 1x0/420mA
Special features
Ring buffer for 8000measur
ing points; many diagnostic
functions
48
blocks

Parametrized via coded ro
tary switch, pushbutton or
PC (FDT/DTM); LEDs indicat
ing operational readiness,
switching status and errors
Internet-Link

Limit value indicator 1-channel 27mm

General data
Operating voltage
20250VAC /
20250VDC
Supply voltage
17V
Input resistance (voltage) 50k
6 A
output
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Power consumption
5W
mounting panel
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V

Output circuits
3 x relays (NO)
Switching frequency
10Hz
Protection class
Ambient temperature
IP20
-25+70C
connection
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing

Type
Output circuits
Operating concept
IM43-14-SRI
IM43-14-RI
IM43-13-SR
IM43-13-R
0/420mA
0/420mA
0.6k
0.6k
Teach button
Teach button
204
206
208
210
Limit value indicator 1-channel 27mm Display

General data
Operating voltage
Supply voltage
Fault current
output
Test voltage
Power consumption
Operating concept
20250VAC /
20250VDC
17V
0 / 22mA adjustable
2 A
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
Output circuits
Output circuits
Switching frequency
0/420mA
3 x relays (NO)
10Hz
2.5 kV
3W
mounting panel
Protection class
Ambient temperature
IP20
-25+70C
connection

PC, HART protocol

Type
IM43-14-CDRI
212

49

Valve control modules IM72

The valve control modules of the IM72- Features
EX/L series supply intrinsically safe,
current/voltage limited power. Loads in Valve control modules, intrinsically
safe input circuits Ex ia, 1 and
the Ex area can thus be triggered direct
2-channel
ly. Within the area of applicability of the
European directive 94/9/EG (ATEX) it is Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G,
II(1) D; II G 3
permitted to operate connected loads in
potentially
explosive
a
tmospheres Output voltage 13VDC resp. 24VDC
caused by dust or gas, p
rovided they Output current 40mA
comply with the a pplicable regulations. Switching frequency 500Hz
Typical applications are the control of SIL 3
Ex i pilot valves as well as the supply of Loop-powered
displays and transmitters. The output Galvanic separation of input and out
put c ircuits
values of 1 or 2-channel devices can be
adjusted to the valves of different manu Removable terminal blocks, reverse-
polarity protected
facturers. The loads are triggered when
power is applied. The switching status of
the related output is indicated by a yel
low LED.
Properties
Housing styles

I/O channels
trinsically safe output cir
cuits; input 1930 V, output
24V / 40mA or 15V /
280mA
Special features
Loop-powered
50
blocks

Approvals
SIL

Internet-Link

Valve control module 1-channel 18mm
General data
Output circuits
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
40mA / U1=24V
IP20
-25+70C
Test voltage
Power consumption
connection
Protection type
2.5 kV
1.5W
mounting panel
[EEx ia] IIC
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing

Type
IM72-11EX/L
214
Valve control module 2-channel 18mm
General data
Output circuits
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
40mA / U1=24V
IP20
-25+70C
Test voltage
Power consumption
connection
Protection type
2.5 kV
2.2W
mounting panel
[EEx ia] IIC

Type
IM72-22EX/L
216

51

Relay couplers IM73

The 1-channel relay coupler IM73-12-R/
is used as a coupling module, to en
sure reliable galvanic separation of bina
ry signals. 2 synchronous controlled re
lays, each with 1 changeover contact are
provided at the output. The switching
status of the output is indicated by a yel
low LED.
The 2-channel relay coupler IM73-22Ex-
R/24VUC is designed to switch intrinsi
cally safe and current limited c ircuits and
ensures safe galvanic isolation between
contact and control c ircuit. The switch
ing frequency is 50Hz a nd thus much
higher than that of standard relays. The
reed relays with rhodium contacts are
also suited for g
eneral control tasks.
They are applied w
hen standard relays
reach their limits in terms of switching
frequency and
admissible contact rat
ings. The switching status is indicated
via LEDs at the front.
Features
Coupling devices, DIN rail mounting, 1

and 2-channel
2 relay outputs each with a change

over contact
Input types 24VDC, 230VAC and

2x1030VUC
Devices with galvanically separated
contact and control circuit according

to EN60079-11
SIL 3
polarity protected
Properties
Housing styles

I/O channels
puts 24VDC, 230VAC, 2 x
1030 VUC; relay outputs
(changeover)
Special features
Approved for zone 2; SIL 3,
reed relay with rhodium-
plated pins
52
blocks

Approvals
ATEX, GOST

Internet-Link

Relay coupler 1-channel 18mm
General data
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Protection class
5Hz
IP20
mounting panel

output
Test voltage
Ambient temperature
5 A
2.5 kV
-25+70C
connection
Type
Operating voltage
IM73-12-R/230VAC
IM73-12-R/24VUC
184276VAC
1929VDC
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing
218
220
Ex relay coupler 2-channel 18mm
General data
Operating voltage
output
Protection class
Protection type
1030VDC
240 mA
Output circuits
Test voltage
1.5 kV
IP20
mounting panel
Ambient temperature
Protection type
-25+70C
connection

Type
IM73-22Ex-R/24VUC
222

53

Power supplies IM82

The IM82 power supply is designed for
DC loads, especially made for switching
and monitoring devices of the TURCK IM,
IME, IMC and IMB series. The power sup
ply provides 24VDC output voltage and
2,5A, 5A, 10A, 20A output current d
e
pending on the device type. The devices
provides safety extra-low voltage (SELV)
acc. to EN 60950. The IM82 resists tem
peratures of up to +70 C, surge resist
ant, features a power-good relay and is
internationally approved.
Features
Power supply, DIN rail mounting

Output voltage 24VDC, adjustable
Output current 2.5A, 5A, 10A or
20mA
Surge protection
Power-good relay and LED error
indication
Parallel operation possible

Mains buffering up to 30ms
Safety extra-low voltage (SELV) acc. to
IEC/EN 60950
UL approval
Properties

Housing styles
panel
I/O channels
Output voltage 24VDC, out
put current 1400mA/
5000mA; power-good relay

Approvals
UL

Special features
Small-sized design with op
timized ventilation, high
efficiency
54
blocks
Internet-Link

Power supply 1-channel 41mm
General data
Operating voltage
output
Protection class
85264VAC /
90370VDC
Output circuits
35 mA
Test voltage
1 x transistor (potential-free,
short-circuit proof), >
18.819.6 V
3.0 kV
IP20
Ambient temperature
-25+70C
screw terminals
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing

Type
IM82-24-2,5
224
General data
Operating voltage
output
Protection class
90132VAC /
210370VDC
300 mA
Output circuits
relay (NO), > 17.6 19.4V
Test voltage
3.0 kV
IP20
Ambient temperature
-25+70C
screw terminals

Type
IM82-24-5,0
226
General data
Operating voltage
output
Protection class
90132VAC /
210370VDC
300 mA
Output circuits
relay (NO), > 17.6 19.4V
Test voltage
3.0 kV
IP20
Ambient temperature
-25+70C
screw terminals

Type
IM82-24-10
228

55

General data
Operating voltage
output
Protection class
90264VAC /
120370VDC
300 mA
Output circuits
relay (NO), > 17.6 19.4V
Test voltage
3.0 kV
IP20
Ambient temperature
-25+70C
screw terminals

Type
IM82-24-20
56
230
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing

DIN rail devices, IMSP series

57

Surge protection devices IMSP width 6.2mm

The surge protection devices IMSP (In
terface Modul Surge Protection) can be
installed in non-Ex areas as well as Ex a r
eas for binary and analog applications.
Despite there slim design of only
6.2mm, they are available in 2, 3 and
4-wire
technology. All modules are
mounted o
n a standard DIN rail or a
mounting p
late which is included in the
delivery.
Features
Nominal voltage 12VDC/24VDC

For up to four signal conductors on
6.2mm
IEC Examination category: C1/C2/C3/

D1
IECEx approval
UL approval
SIL 2
Properties

Housing styles
panel
I/O channels
Output voltage 24VDC, out
put current 1400mA/
5000mA; power-good relay

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, UL

Special features
Small-sized design with op
timized ventilation, high
efficiency
58
blocks
Internet-Link

Surge protection device 1-channel 6.2mm

General data
Protection class
Nominal voltage Un
Nominal current In (
40C)
IP20
24 VDC
350 mA
Nominal discharge surge 5 kA

current In (8/20) s (core-
ground)
Response time tA (core- 1 ns
to-core)
Ambient temperature
IEC category
Nominal discharge surge
core)
Total surge current (8/20)
s
-40+80C
screw terminals
C1; C2; C3; D1
5 kA
Protection type
Ex ia IIC T4T6; Ex iaD 20

T85CT135C
20 kA
IM/IMS/IMSP
modular housing

Type
IMSP-1x2-24
232
General data
Protection class
IEC category
Response time tA (core-
to-core)
IP20
C1; C2; C3; D1
1 ns
Ambient temperature
Nominal discharge surge
ground)
Protection type
-40+80C
screw terminals
5 kA

T85CT135C

Type
Nominal voltage Un
Nominal current In ( 40C)
IMSP-2x2-24
IMSP-2-12
IMSP-2-24
24 VDC
12 VDC
24 VDC
350 mA
500 mA
500 mA
Nominal discharge surge current In

Total surge current (8/20) s
(8/20) s (core-core)
5 kA
20 kA
234
350 A
20 kA
236
250 A
10 kA
238
General data
Protection class
IEC category
IP20
C1; C2; C3; D1
Nominal discharge surge 5 kA

ground)
Response time tA (core- 1 ns
to-core)
Ambient temperature
Nominal current In (
40C)
Total surge current (8/20)
s
-40+80C
screw terminals
500 mA
Protection type

T85CT135C
20 kA

Type
Nominal voltage Un
Nominal discharge surge current In (8/20) s (core-core)
IMSP-4-24
IMSP-4-12
24 VDC
12 VDC
250 A
350 A
240
242

59
60
IMB Interface mod
The IMB system from TURCK is an easy-

to-install I/O solution for the cabinet. It
offers a high packing density which c an
not be achieved with DIN rail interfaces.
The 175 x 210 mm IMB backplane can
host up to eight interface cards, resulting
in 32 digital or 16 analog I/Os per back
plane. The interface cards are connected
to the PLC via assigned slots on the back
plane and a standard network connec
tion.All cards are hot-swappable and can
be plugged and unplugged during oper
ation. Power can be supplied redund
antly; decoupling takes place on the IMB
cards.
The backplane accommodates the entire

connection level; galvanic as well as Ex
separation of the I/O channels is
achieved simply by plugging the inter
face cards in the corresponding slots.
This helps you to cut down engineering
efforts for the entire interface level in the
event of maintenance and future exten
sion of the system. HART transmissible
analog cards and DTM parametrizable
temperature measuring amplifiers sim
plify parametrization and enhance the
operating comfort.
61
IMB Interface
module backplane
IMB Interface technology for the backplane with system cable connection
Our stren
advantag
Our strengths You

Compact design, many mounting options
The 175 x 210 mm IMB backplane can
host up to eight interface cards, resulting
into 32 digital or 16 I/Os per backplane A
standard cabinet equipped on both sides
thus accommodates up to 1152 digital or
576 analog channels The backplane is
snapped on the DIN rail with an adapter
acc. to DIN EN 60715 TH35. The adapter

can be mounted in different ways, a llow
ing the IMB system to be installed h
ori
zontally or vertically on the DIN rail. The
backplanes can also be mounted side by
side to accommodate several IMB
systems.
Simple operation with FDT/DTM

HART transmissible analog cards and
DTM parametrizable temperature meas
uring amplifiers round-off the IMB solu
tion and simplify parametrization. The
IMB cards are easily and comfortably set
up via freely available engineering tools
on the basis of FDT/DTM. This applies to

simple parametrization, complex
diag
nostic functions as well as commis
sioning. The IMB temperature measuring
amplifiers are parametrizable via jack
plug and HART protocol.
Passive backplane
The backplane is a purely passive unit,
applied as a patch panel for I/O solu
tions. There are no active components
on it, because any failure of these would
lead to a complete outage of the isola
62
tion level. Each individual interface card

is moreover safeguarded, providing
functionality of the isolation level, even if
single channels may fail.
ngths Your
ges
ur advantages
The IMB backplane is equipped with a

standard system connection for docking
it to the DCS system. The pin configura
tion of the analog and digital system
connections is customized to the corres
ponding control system. Therefore, spe
re
cial connection modules are not
quired. You can use prefabricated and

reasonably priced analog and digital sys
tem cables for the most common control
systems. As a result, you not only gain
considerable advantages in terms of
storing capacities, you also reduce your
maintenance costs.
Redundant power supply

The IMB can be supplied redundantly via movable terminal blocks on the
two separate power units. The elec back
plane are intended for power
tronics on the cards ensures the separa supply.
tion of the power supply units. Two re
Hot-swappable cards
The IMB system not only operates highly and extension of the system. The intrinsi
failsafe and efficiently, it is also easy to cally safe screw and cage-clamp termi
handle: The backplane accommodates nals are easy accessible. The color-
the entire connection level and the I/O marked ports help you to avoid
channels are galvanically separatedconnec
tion mistakes effectively and
when plugging the interface cards. Less make hot-swapping comfortable in the
power is thus consumed by the entire in cabinet.
terface level in the event of maintenance
63
IMB Interface
module backplane
Premoulded system cables for connection to the control system.
Type cod
Type code
Type code
IMB TI - 2 3 1 Ex - HCI / 24VDC
IMB Design
TI Functional principle
DI
AI
AIA
TI
AO
DO
BP
BM
isolating switching amplifier with

line monitoring
analog input amplifier
isolating transducer
temperature amplifier
analog output amplifier
digital output/valve control
module
passive backplane
blind module
- 2 3 1
Number of channels
Special function
1 number of additional outputs
R redundancy
Number of channels on control
side
3 three output channels
Y Yokogawa Centum
E Emerson Delta V
H Honeywell C300
R redundancy
1 one input channel
4 four input channels
8 backplane with 8 slots
64
de
Ex

- HCI
DCS side
H
C
I
P
N
R
HART transmissible
FDT/DTM parameterizable
via computer
0/420mA
PNP
NPN
relay switching output
/ 24VDC
Power supply
24 VDC
IMB Interface
module backplane
Ex Device class
supplied with 24 VDC
65

Module racks for the IMB system
Backplane IMB-BP
Up to eight interface modules have Features
ack
space on the 175 x 210mm IMB b
plane. The backplane can take up to 3
2 Module rack (baseplate) for the IMB
system
digital or 16 analog inputs/ outputs. The
backplane also hosts the connections for Snap-fit on DIN rail or screwed on
panel.
inputs, outputs, system cable and power
supply. The intrinsically safe field circuits No active electronic components, no
approval required
are connected via screw terminals; the
control system is connected via prefabri High packing density; up to 32 chan
nels per backplane and up to 36 back
cated system cables. The IMB backplane
planes per control cabinet
can be supplied redundantly via two in
dependent power supply units. The Simple and convenient maintenance
thanks to hot-swappable cards
backplane is a purely passive unit, ap
plied as a patch panel for I/O solutions. Ready-made, inexpensive cables for
system connection: The pin assign
There are no active components on it,
ment is customized to the corre
because any failure of these would lead
sponding control system.
to a complete outage of the isolation
level. The I/O channels are galvanically Integrated concept of redundancy
separated by the interface cards.
Connection of a HART multiplexer to
parametrize intelligent HART field
devices
Properties
Housing styles
Backplane 175 x 210mm;
snapped on DIN rail or
screwed on panel

I/O channels
8 slots for interface cards; up
32 digital or 16 analog I/Os
per backplane
Special features
Well-priced channels; DIN
rail solution for fully
equipped cabinets; hot-
swappable cards
66
Screw terminals for intrinsi
cally safe field c ircuits; pre
moulded system cables for
connection of the control
system.

Parametrized via FDT/DTM;
HART transmission; func
tion control of I/O level via
LEDs at interface cards
Internet-Link

Backplane Module rack 8 slots

General data
Protection class

IP20
mounting panel
Ambient temperature
-25+70C


Type
244
246
248
250
IMB Interface
module backplane
IMB-BP-8-Y-R
IMB-BP-8-E
IMB-BP-8-H-IN
IMB-BP-8-H-OUT

67

Interface cards for the IMB system
Isolating switching amplifiers IMB-DI

The 4-channel isolating switching ampli
fiers of the IMB series feature intrinsically
safe input circuits and are used for the
galvanically separated transmission of
binary switching states. S ensors accord
ing to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR) or poten
tial-free contactors can be connected to
the device. Each of the output circuits
feature a PNP and short-circuit proof
transistor output as w
ell as a common
alarm output, d
epending on the device
type. A green L ED indicates operational
readiness,
yellow LEDs indicate the
switching status of the individual chan
nels. The alarm status provided via the
IMB module remains active until all slots
of the IMB system are assigned so that
protection rating IP20 is ensured. D
um
my modules for free slots.
Features
4-channel isolating switching amplifi
ers (interface card) for the IMB system
Galvanic separation of input and out

put circuits
Intrinsically safe input circuits Ex ia for
sensors acc. to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)

or mechanical contacts
Application area acc. to ATEX: II (1) G, II
(1) D
4 transistor outputs, PNP, short-circuit
proof
SIL 2
Properties
Housing styles
Interface card for IMB back
plane system,
118x18x103mm

Connection to field circuits,
control system and power
supply via IMB backplane

I/O channels
Four-channel; intrinsically
safe inputs; PNP, short-cir
cuit proof transistor outputs

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, SIL

Operational readiness and
status indicated by LEDs

Special features
Common alarm output; cod
ing keys protect against
false plugging of interface
cards
Internet-Link
68

Isolating switching amplifier 4-channel

General data
Operating voltage
2030VDC
Switching frequency
Protection class
Ambient temperature
2000Hz
IP20
-25+70C
Protection type

output
Test voltage
Power consumption
3 mA
2.5 kV
2W
Mounting and operation only
in conjunction with the IMB
backplane

Type
IMB Interface
module backplane

Output circuits
IMB-DI-451Ex-P/24VDC 4 x transistors (PNP, short-circuit proof), 1 x alarm output

IMB-DI-44Ex-P/24VDC 4 x transistors (pnp, short-circuit proof)
252
254

69

Analog signal isolator IMB-AI Input on the fieldside

Active current signals are galvanically
separated and transmitted via the
2-channel analog signal isolator IMB-AI22Ex-Hi/24VDC from the Ex area to the
non-Ex area. Each channel is assigned a
020mA current input and output. The
input signals are transferred unattenuat
ed to the outputs in the non-Ex area. The
green LED indicates operational readi
ness. The alarm status provided via the
IMB module remains active until all slots
of the IMB system are assigned and pro
tection rating IP20 is ensured. Dummy
modules for free slots.
Features
2-channel analog signal isolator (interface

card) for the IMB backplane system
Transmission of active, intrinsically safe in

put signals
Intrinsically safe input circuits Ex ia

Application area acc. to ATEX: II (1) G, II (1) D
Input circuit 020 mA
Output circuit 020 mA, short-circuit
protected
Galvanic separation of input and output
circuits
SIL 3
HART transmissible
Properties
Housing styles
plane system, 1
18x18x103
mm


I/O channels
Dual-channel; intrinsically
safe input 020mA; short-
circuit proof output
020mA
Operational readiness indi
cated by LEDs

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, SIL

Special features
cards
Internet-Link
70

Analog signal isolator Input field side intrinsically safe
General data
Operating voltage
Output circuits
Test voltage
Power consumption
Analog input
output
2.5 kV
Protection class
1.3W
Ambient temperature
Mounting and operation only Protection type
backplane
2030VDC
020mA
0 20mA
0.7k
IP20
-25+70C

Type
256
IMB Interface
module backplane
IMB-AI-22Ex-Hi/24VDC

71

Isolating transducers IMB-AIA

The 2-channel HART isolating transduc
er IMB-AIA-22Ex-Hi/24VDC operates in
trinsically safe 2-wire HART transducers
in the Ex area and transmits the meas
ured signals unattenuated 1:1 to the
non-Ex area. In addition analog signals,
also digital HART communication sig
nals are transmitted bidirectionally. Each
channel is assigned a 420mA current
input and output. Due to the 1:1 trans
mission characteristic, wire-break is is
sued with 3.6 mA and short-circuit with
21 mA. The green LED indicates opera
tional readiness. The alarm status pro
vided via the IMB module remains active
until all slots of the IMB system are as
signed and protection rating IP20 is en
sured. Dummy modules for free slots.
Features
2-channel HART isolating transducer (inter

face card) for the IMB backplane system
Power supply of transmitters in the Ex area

and transfer of intrinsically safe signals

Application area acc. to ATEX: II (1) G, II (1) D
Input circuit 420 mA
Output circuit 420 mA, short-circuit
protected
Galvanic separation of input and output
circuits
SIL 2
HART transmissible
Alarm output
Properties
Housing styles
plane system,
118x18x103mm


I/O channels
safe input 420mA; output
420mA; alarm output

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, SIL

cated by LEDs

Special features
cards
Internet-Link
72

Isolating transducer 2-channel

General data
Operating voltage
Supply voltage
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
13 V
0.5k
Analog input
Output circuits
Test voltage
4 20mA
420mA
2.5 kV
IP20
-25+70C
Power consumption
2.2W
backplane
2030VDC
[Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIC ; [Ex ia Da]

IIIC
IMB-AIA-22Ex-Hi/24VDC
258

73
IMB Interface
module backplane
Type

Temperature measuring amplifiers IMB-TI

The 2-channel temperature measuring Features
amplifiers of the IMB series are designed
to evaluate the temperature-dependent Temperature measuring amplifier (in
terface
changes of Ni100/Pt100, resistors, ther
card) for the IMB system, 2-channel
mocouples, RTDs, low voltage and p
o
tentiometers and to output them as IMB-TI-RTD: Input of Pt100/Ni100 re
sistors in 2 or 3-wire technology
temperature-linear current signals of 0/
420 mA. A green LED indicates opera IMB-TI-TC: Input thermocouples, low
voltage, RTDs, potentiometers,
tional readiness; yellow LEDs
indicate
resistors
the switching status of the individual
channels. The devices are parametrized Intrinsically safe input circuits Ex ia
and configured via FDT/DTM. They can Application area acc. to ATEX: II (1)G,
II(1)D
also be parametrized via the current in
terface and they are HART capable. The Output circuit 0/420 mA
alarm status provided via the IMB mod Galvanic separation of input and out
put c ircuits
ule remains active until all slots of the
IMB system are assigned so that protec Functional safety up to SIL 2
tion rating IP20 is ensured.
Dummy Parametrization via FDT/DTM or
HART
modules for free slots.
Wire-break and short-circuit monitor
ing (resistor input)
Properties
Housing styles
plane system,
118x18x103mm


I/O channels
safe input: Pt100/Ni100 or
thermocouples, RTD, low
voltage, potentiometer; out
put 0/420mA
status indicated by LEDs;
parametrized via FDT/DTM
or HART protocol

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx

Special features
cards
Internet-Link
74

Temperature measuring amplifier 2-channel

General data
Operating voltage
Fault current
Test voltage
Power consumption
Protection type
Output circuits
output
2.5 kV
Protection class
3.2W
Ambient temperature
Mounting and operation only Operating concept
backplane
IIIC
2030VDC
0 / 22mA adjustable
0/420mA
0.6k
IP20
-25+70C
protocol
Input for Pt100/Ni 100 resistors in 2, 3 or 4-wire technology
Type
IMB-TI-RTD-231Ex-HCi/24VDC
260
Temperature measuring amplifier 2-channel

General data
Operating voltage
Fault current
Test voltage
Power consumption
Protection type
Output circuits
output
2.5 kV
Protection class
2.7W
Ambient temperature
Mounting and operation only Operating concept
backplane
IIIC
2030VDC
0 / 22mA adjustable
0/420mA
0.6k
IP20
-25+70C
protocol
Input for thermocouples, low voltages, potentiometer, RTD

Type
IMB-TI-TC-231Ex-HCi/24VDC
262

75
IMB Interface
module backplane

Analog signal isolator IMB-AO - Output intrinsically safe

The 2-channel analog signal isolator Features
IMB-AO-22Ex-Hi/24VDC transmits stand
ard current signals galvanically separat Analog signal isolator (interface card)
for the IMB system, 2-channel
ed and unattenuated 1:1 from the nonEx to the Ex area. Each channel
is Transmission of intrinsically safe out
put s ignals
assigned a current input and output of
420 mA. Bidirectional transmission of Intrinsically safe output circuits Ex ia
analog and digital HART communica Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G,
II(1)D
tion signals is possible. Typical applica
tions are for example, the control of I/P Input circuit 420 mA
converters (e.g. at control valves) or indi Output circuit 420 mA
cators in the Ex area. The input circuits Galvanic separation of input and out
put c ircuits
switch to a high-impedance state in case
of wire-break or s hort-circuit failures in SIL 3
the field circuit. O
perational readiness is HART transmissible
indicated by a green LED. The alarm sta
tus provided via the IMB module re
mains active until all s lots of the IMB sys
tem are assigned so
that protection
rating IP20 is ensured. D
ummy modules
for free slots
Properties
Housing styles
plane system,
118x18x103mm


I/O channels
dual-channel; input
420mA; intrinsically safe
output 420mA

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, SIL

cated by LEDs

Special features
Coding keys protect against
cards.
Internet-Link
76

Analog signal isolator Output field side intrinsically safe
General data
Operating voltage
Output circuits
Test voltage
Power consumption
Analog input
output
2.5 kV
Protection class
2.2W
Ambient temperature
Mounting and operation only Protection type
backplane
2030VDC
420mA
4 20mA
0.7k
IP20
-25+70C

Type
264
IMB Interface
module backplane
IMB-AO-22Ex-Hi/24VDC

77

Valve control module IMB-DO

The 4-channel valve control modules Features
IMB-DO of the IMB series output intrinsi
cally safe, current/voltage limited power. Valve control module (interface card)
for the IMB system, 4-channel
The output values are adjusted to valves
of different manufacturers. Loads in the Supply of intrinsically safe, passive
two-terminal networks
Ex area can be triggered d
irectly. Typical
applications are the control of Ex i pilot Galvanic separation of input and out
put c ircuits
valves and the supply of signallers and
transmitters in the Ex a rea. A green LED Intrinsically safe output circuits Ex ia
indicates operational readiness; yellow Types for PNP/NPN switching DCS/PLC
cards
LEDs indicate the switching status of the
individual channels. The alarm status Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G,
II(1)D
provided via the IMB module remains
active until all s lots of the IMB system are SIL 3
assigned so that protection rating IP20 is
ensured. Dummy modules for free slots.
Properties
Housing styles
plane system,
118x18x103mm


I/O channels
Four-channel; intrinsically
safe output circuits; input
2030 V, output 18V /
30mA.
cated by LEDs

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx, SIL

Special features
Coding keys protect against
cards.
Internet-Link
78

Valve control module 4-channel For NPN DCS/PLC-DO cards
General data
Operating voltage
Test voltage
Power consumption
2030VDC
2.5 kV
4.5W
backplane
Output circuits
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
30mA / U=18V
IP20
-25+70C
[Ex ia Ga] IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC

Type
266
IMB Interface
module backplane
IMB-DO-44Ex-N/24VDC
Valve control module 4-channel For PNP DCS/PLC-DO cards
General data
Operating voltage
Test voltage
Power consumption
2030VDC
2.5 kV
4.5W
backplane
Output circuits
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
30mA / U=18V
IP20
-25+70C

Type
IMB-DO-44Ex-P/24VDC
268

79
Distributed interface modules in IP67
80
IMC Interface mod
IMC Interface module cartridge
With the highly compact and rugged d

e
vices of the IMC series the intrinsic s afety
barrier can be moved from the control
cabinet directly into the field, thus pro
viding more flexibility to the system. The
vibration resistant c onnectors of the IP67
rated modules g
uarantee stability, even
under harsh environmental conditions.
The devices feature explosion protection
category "intrinsic safety"

and are galvanically separated. Local a p
plication is possible because of the 3 GD
approval which allows the use in explo
sion hazardous areas (zone 2) due
to
combustible dusts or gasses (only in
combination with the protective housing
IMC-SG).
81
IMC Interface
module cartridge
IMC Distributed interface technology in IP67
Our stren
advantag
Our strengths You

Protection class IP67
The IMC modules provide new possibil

ities in the field of process automation:
The Ex junction plane can be moved
from the control cabinet directly into the
field, thus supporting distributed system
structures. The IMC modules can be ap
plied when needed and together with
the standard cabinet solution, they pro

vide additional flexibility. The IMC m
od
ules are highly compact, rugged and
IP67 rated. The vibration resistant con
nectors guarantee stability, even under
harsh environmental conditions.
Approved for Ex zone 2

The devices feature explosion protection
category intrinsic safety and are gal
vanically separated. Local application is
possible because of the 3 GD approval
which allows the use in explosion haz
ardous areas (zone 2) due to combusti
ble dusts or gases. Connection c ables are
available in various length. Ex cables fea

ture connectors injection m
oulded on
one side. Note: Application in zone 2 is
only permitted with the optionally avail
able protective housing IMC-SG.
Many functions
The IMC series (interface module cart
ridge) comprises standard modules with
intrinsically safe input/output circuits for
many different tasks and standard sig
nals. The IM series includes dual-channel
isolating switching amplifiers, analog
82
signal isolators with analog input/output

circuits 0/420 mA, isolating transduc
ers with analog output
circuit
0/420mA as well as solenoid v alves.
ngths Your
ges
ur advantages
Plug-and-play with M12 connectors
IMC Interface
module cartridge
Equipped with M12 male connectors the

IMCs are easily and safely installed and
ready for use.
83
Type cod
Type code
Type code
IMC DI - 2 2 Ex - PNO / 24VDC
IMC Design
IMC Interface modul cartridge
DI Functional principle
DI
SG
AI
AIA
AO
DO
84
isolating switching amplifier

with line monitoring
additional protection for IMC
housing
analog input amplifier
analog output amplifier
digital output/valve control
module
- 2 2
Number of channels
Number of channels on control side
1 one input channel
de
Ex Device class
Output type
P N O PNP transistor output NO
P N C PNP transistor output NC
I
0/420mA
/ 24VDC
Power supply
24 VDC supplied with 24 VDC
L
loop powered, supplied by

the control circuit
IMC Interface
module cartridge
Ex
- PNO
85

For direct field installation, IMC series
Isolating switching amplifiers IMC-DI

The 2-channel isolating switching ampli Features
fiers of the IMC series feature intrinsically
safe input circuits and are used for the Isolating switching amplifier with
M12x1males in IP67, 2-channel
galvanically separated transmission of
binary switching states. S ensors accord Galvanic separation of input and out
put c ircuits
ing to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR) or poten
tial-free contactors can be connected to Intrinsically safe input circuits Ex ia for
sensors acc. to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)
the device. Each o
utput circuit features a
or mechanical contacts
PNP short-circuit proof transistor output
which operates either as NO or NC con Application area acc. to ATEX:
II(1)GD,II3GD
tact depending on the device type. A
green LED indicates operational readi Transistor outputs, PNP, short-circuit
proof
ness, y ellow LEDs indicate the switching
status of the individual channels. For Input circuit monitoring of wire-break
and short-circuit
mounting in zone 2 or 22 the connectors
and the housing of the IMC module
must be additionally protected against
mechanical load with the cover plate
IMC-SG (Ident no. 7560016).
Properties
Housing styles
Interface module in IP67,
100x32x25mm; screwed
on panel

M12 x 1 connectors

I/O channels
safe inputs; PNP, short-cir
cuit proof transistor outputs;
NO/NC
status indicated by LEDs

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx

Special features
Distributed application in
IP67 area

Internet-Link
86

Isolating switching amplifier 2-channel IP67

General data
Operating voltage
output
Test voltage
Ambient temperature
Protection type
2030VDC
Output circuits
50 mA
Switching frequency
2.5 kV
Protection class
-25+70C
M12 flange connection
Protection type
Ex nA [nL] IIC/IIB T4 or rather
Ex tD A22 IP67 T96 C
2 x transistors (pnp, short-

circuit proof)
3000Hz
IP67
Mounting on backplane
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB

Type
270
272
IMC Interface
module cartridge
IMC-Di-22Ex-PNO/24VDC
IMC-DI-22EX-PNC/24VDC

87

Analog signal isolator IMC-AI Input intrinsically safe

IMC-AI-11Ex-I/L transmits galvanically
separated standard current signals from Analog signal isolator with
M12x1males, 1-channel
the non-Ex to the Ex area and is also ap
proved for zone 2. The signals are trans Protection class IP67
mitted via an intrinsically safe c urrent in Transmission of intrinsically safe input
signals
put and a current output 020mA. You
can connect active i
ntrinsically save Intrinsically safe input circuits Exia
transmitters and power sources to it in Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G,
II(1)D
the Ex area. The analog signal isolator is
loop-powered. Operational readiness is Input circuit 020 mA
indicated by a g
reen LED. For mounting Output circuit 020 mA
in zone 2 or 22 the connectors and the Loop-powered
housing of the IMC module must be ad Galvanic separation of input and out
put c ircuits
ditionally protected against mechanical
load with the cover plate IMC-SG (Ident
no. 7560016).
Properties
Housing styles
on panel

M12 x 1 connectors

I/O channels
Single-channel; passive in
trinsically safe input
020mA; output 020mA

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx

cated by LED
Special features
IP67 area; loop-powered

Internet-Link
88

Analog signal isolator 1-channel IP67 Input field side intrinsically safe
General data
Analog input
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
0 20mA
0.4k
Output circuits
Test voltage
IP67
Power consumption
-25+70C
Protection type
Ex nA [nL] IICIIB T4 or rather
Ex tDA 22 IB67 T80C
020mA
2.5 kV
3W
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB

Type
274
IMC Interface
module cartridge
IMC-AI-11EX-I/L

89

Isolating transducers IMC-AIA Input intrinsically safe

IMC-AIA-11Ex-i/24VDC transmits galvan
ically separated standard current signals Analog signal isolator with
from the non-Ex to the Ex area a nd is
also approved for zone 2. The signals are Protection class IP67
transmitted via an intrinsically safe cur Transmission of intrinsically safe input
signals
rent input and a c
urrent output
420 mA. Passive,
intrinsically save Intrinsically safe input circuits Exia
2-wire transmitters and current sinks in Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G,
II(1)D
the Ex area can be c onnected to it. The
device is designed
for 24VDC supply. Input circuit 020 mA
Operational readiness is indicated by a Output circuit 020 mA
green LED.
Power supply 24VDC
For unprotected mounting in zone 2 or Galvanic separation of input and out
put c ircuits
22 the connectors and the housing of
the IMC module must be additionally
protected against mechanical damage
with the cover plate IMC-SG (Ident no.
7560016).
Properties
Housing styles
on panel

M12 x 1 connectors

I/O channels
Single-channel; active intrin
sically safe input 420 mA;
output 420 mA

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx

cated by LEDs
Special features
IP67 area

Internet-Link
90

Isolating transducer 1-channel IP67

General data
Operating voltage
Supply voltage
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
2030VDC
14 V
0.5k
Analog input
Output circuits
Test voltage
IP67
Power consumption
-25+70C
Protection type
Ex nA [nL] IIB/IIC T4 or rather
Ex tD A22 IP67 T 80C Dc
0 20mA
020mA
2.5 kV
1.5W
[Ex ia] IIB

Type
276
IMC Interface
module cartridge
IMC-AIA-11EX-I/24VDC

91

Analog signal isolator IMC-AO Output intrinsically safe

IMC-AO-11Ex-I/L transmits galvanically
separated standard current signals from Analog signal isolator with
the non-Ex to the Ex area and is also ap
proved for zone 2. The signals are trans Protection class IP67
mitted via a current input and an intrin Transmission of intrinsically safe out
put s ignals
sically safe current output
020 mA.
The output circuit is equipped with a Intrinsically safe output circuits Ex ia
short-circuit protected p
ower source. In Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G,
II(1)D
trinsically safe analog actuators like I/P
converters (e.g. at c ontrol valves) or dis Input circuit 020 mA
plays can be a pplied in the Ex area. The Output circuit 020 mA
analog signal isolator is loop-powered. Loop-powered
Operational readiness is indicated by a Galvanic separation of input and out
put c ircuits
green LED. F or mounting in zone 2 or 22
the c onnectors and the housing of the
IMC module must be additionally pro
tected against mechanical load with the
cover p
late IMC-SG (Ident no. 7560016).
Properties
Housing styles
on panel

M12 x 1 connectors

I/O channels
Single-channel; input
020mA; intrinsically safe
output 020mA

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx

cated by LED
Special features

Internet-Link
92

Analog signal isolator 1-channel IP67 Output field side intrinsically safe

General data
Analog input
output
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
0 20mA
0.4k
Output circuits
Test voltage
IP67
Power consumption
-25+70C
Protection type
Ex tD A22 IP67 T80C
020mA
2.5 kV
3.5W
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB

Type
278
IMC Interface
module cartridge
IMC-AO-11EX-I/L

93

Valve control module IMC-DO

The 1-channel valve control modules Features
IMC-DO output intrinsically safe, cur
rent/voltage limited power. They can d
i Valve control modules with
rectly trigger loads in the Ex area. The
output values are adjusted to valves of Protection class IP67
different manufacturers. Typical a pplica Galvanic separation of input and out
put c ircuits
tions are the control of Ex i pilot v alves
and the supply of signallers and trans Intrinsically safe output circuit Exia
mitters in potentially explosive dust or Output current 40mA
gas atmospheres. The valve control Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G,
II(1)D
modules are loop-powered. The s witch
ing state indicated by a yellow LED. For Loop-powered
mounting in zone 2 or 22 the connectors
and the housing of the IMC
module
must be additionally protected against
mechanical load with the cover p
late
IMC-SG (Ident no. 7560016).
Properties
Housing styles
on panel

M12 x 1 connectors

I/O channels
Single-channel; 45mA/ max.
30V; intrinsically safe output
40mA

Approvals
ATEX, IECEx

cated by LED
Special features

Internet-Link
94

Valve control module 1-channel IP67
General data
Output circuits
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Protection type
40mA / 24V
IP67
-25+70C
Ex tD A22 IP67 T86 C
Test voltage
Power consumption
Protection type
2.5 kV
1.3W
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB

Type
280
IMC Interface
module cartridge
IMC-DO-11EX/L

95
Interface technology Accessories

IM/IMS/IMSP, IMB and IMC series
Accessories IM/IMS/IMSP, IMB and IMC series

We offer the matching accessories for Features
quick mounting, easy parametrization
and safe protection of interface
mod Cage clamps for IM series
ules. From cage clamps, dummy m
od Resistor modules and cold junction
compensation for IM and IMB series
ules, programming adapters and power
buses up to IP67 rated housings: E ach Powerbus for the IM series
item is perfectly tailored to the IM, IMB, Programming adapter for IM and IMB
series
IMC and IMS modules, making installa
tion and commissioning of your a pplica Dummy module for IMB backplane
tion easy.
Metal cover plate for protection of IMC
devices, zones 2 and 22

Types
Short text
WM1
The resistor module meets the requirements of line monitoring between a mechanical contact and a TURCK signal processor. The input circuit of the signal processor is designed for sensors acc. to EN60947-5-6
(NAMUR) and equipped with a wire-break and short-circuit monitoring
function.
IM-3-CJT
Cold junction compensation module for IM 34 temperature measuring

amplifiers, width 18 mm
IM-PROG
The programmable adapter IM-PROG is used for galvanic separation a nd

to parametrize TURCK IM and IMB devices via FDT/DTM. USB connection
via adapter
IM-PROG III
The programming adapter IM-PROG III is used for parametrization of

TURCK IM and IMB devices via FDT/DTM and for galvanic separation.
IM-CC-3X2BU/2BK
Cage clamp terminals for IM modules (Ex devices; width 18 mm): 2

blue/2 black, 3-pin, included in delivery.

96

Types
Short text
IM-CC-3X2BK/2BK
Cage clamps for IM modules (non-Ex devices, width 18 mm): 4 black, 3-

pin, included in delivery
IM-CC-5X2BU/2BK
Cage clamp terminals for IM modules (Ex devices; width 27 mm): 2

blue/2 black, 5-pin
IM-CC-5X2BK/2BK
Cage clamps for IM modules (non-Ex devices, width 27 mm): 4 black, 5-

pin, included in delivery

15
25,1
23,5
8,3
15
25,1
23,5
8,3

PB-08/03
Bus power supply for 8 TURCK IM interface modules

PB-16/03

PB-32/03

IMC-SG
Metal cover plate for IMC modules (required for application in zones 2/
22)
SC-M12/3GD
Captive safety clip for sensors with M12 x 1 connectors and approval according to ATEX II 3 G or II 3 D
Accessories

97

Types
Short text
IMSP-BS
Label for surge protection devices of the IMSP series
IMB-BM
IMB dummy modules for TURCK interface module backplane IMB. They
have to be plugged in free slots on the backplane to achieve protection
rating IP20.
IMB-SK-YOK-D2m
IMB-SK-YOK-D3m
IMB-SK-YOK-D4m
IMB-SK-YOK-D10m
IMB-SK-YOK-D15m
IMB-SK-YOK-D20m
IMB-SK-YOK-D25m
IMB-SK-YOK-D30m
IMB-SK-YOK-A2m
IMB-SK-YOK-A3m
IMB-SK-YOK-A4m
IMB-SK-YOK-A10m
IMB-SK-YOK-A15m
IMB-SK-YOK-A20m
IMB-SK-YOK-A25m
IMB-SK-YOK-A30m
System cable for IMB-BP-8-Y-R ( Yokogawa Centum)
IMB-SK-E-2m
IMB-SK-E-3m
IMB-SK-E-4m
IMB-SK-E-10m
IMB-SK-E-15m
IMB-SK-E-20m
IMB-SK-E-25m
IMB-SK-E-30m
System cable for IMB-BP-8-E (Emerson Delta V)
IMB-SK-H-2M
IMB-SK-H-3M
IMB-SK-H-4M
IMB-SK-H-10M
IMB-SK-H-15M
IMB-SK-H-20M
IMB-SK-H-25M
IMB-SK-H-30M
System cable for IMB-BP-8-H-IN/OUT (Honeywell C300)
IMB-FA-H-C300
Front adapter to connect system cables to Honeywell IOATA

98
Accessories

99


Features

II(1)D; II3G
Complete galvanic separation

Two transistor outputs (MOSFET)
Adjustable signal flow direction (NO/
NC)

Input circuit monitoring of wire-break/


Installation in zone 2
FM, NEPSI
short-circuit (ON/OFF switchable)
The single-channel isolating switching You can set each channel separately to
amplifier IM1-12EX-R is equipped with NO/NC mode and multiply signals via 3
an intrinsically safe input circuit.
switches at the front. The switching
state of channel 1 is thereby transmitted
Sensors according to EN 6094756 (NA to the outputs 1 and 2. You can also set
MUR) can be connected to the device or the output mode separately for each
channel.
potential-free contactors.
The output circuits feature two poten
tial-free and parallel controlled M
OSFET
transistors for switching of voltages up
to 250VAC at a maximum frequency of
1kHz.
When using mechanical contacts, wire-

break and short-circuit monitoring must
be switched off or the contact must be
wired with resistors (II) (see circuit
diagram).
The green LED indicates operational

readiness. The output switching status is
indicated yellow by the two color LED.
In the event of input circuit errors the
dual color LED changes to red, provided
the input circuit monitoring function is
activated. Thereupon the MOSFET out
puts are inhibited.
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

100


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
External inductance/capacitance Lo /Co
IM1-12EX-MT
7541228
Operating voltage
Frequency
Operating voltage range
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Input resistance
Cable resistance
Switch-on threshold:
Switch-off threshold:
Wire breakage threshold
Short-circuit threshold
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Output circuits
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1.9
5
1.4
IIB
1
11
10
1.2
5
7.5
Characteristic
Max. output power Po
Max. output current Io
Max.output voltage Uo
Max. values:
Ex approval acc. to conformity certificate
linear
26mW
11mA
9.6V
terminal connection: 1+4
TV 06 ATEX 552968 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
6mA
Indication
Operational readiness
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
90 mA
1000Hz
2 x MOSFET (potential-free, short-circuit
protected)
250 VAC/120 VDC
90 mA
1000Hz
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Terminal cross-section
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
131g
For mounting on DIN rail or mounting
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
4 x 3-pole removable terminal blocks,
reverse polarity protected, screw
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
400years acc. to SN 29500 (Ed. 99) 40C
Housing material

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Universal voltage supply unit
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Ex approval acc. to conformity certificate TV 04 ATEX 2553
Max. values:
9.6V
11mA
26mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Li = 65 H, Ci negligibly small
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci
10
6.6

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1.1
Application area
Protection type
5
0.83
10
0.74
IIB
2
5.2
10
3.8
20
3.4
II 3 G
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci Li = 65 H, Ci negligibly small
101


Features


IECEx, FM, CSA, NEPSI
SIL2

II(1)D; IIG3

2 relay outputs (NO)
Signal flow direction adjustable (NO/

NC)


channel.
The output circuit features two relays, When using mechanical contacts, wire-
each with NO contact.

diagram).
activated. Thereupon the output relays
are de-energized.
Dimensions
Load curve

104
89

110

18

Output relay electrical lifetime

102


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-12EX-R
7541226
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
6mA
Output circuits
Relay switching voltage
Switching capacity per output
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
250 VAC/120 VDC

2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
2 x relays (NO)
IIC
1
1.9
IIB
1
11
10
1.2
5
7.5
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
26mW
11mA
9.6V
TV 06 ATEX 552968 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
9.6V
11mA
26mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
5
1.4
10
6.6
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
154g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1,1
Application area
Protection type
5
0,83
10
0,74
IIB
2
5,2
10
3,8
20
3,4
II 3 G
103


Features


FM, NEPSI
SIL2

II(1)D; IIG3

Two transistor outputs, short-circuit proof,

The 1-channel isolating switching a mpli

fier IM1-12EX-T is equipped with a n in
trinsically safe input circuit.
Sensors according to EN 6094756 (NA
MUR) can be connected to the device or
protected
tial-free and short-circuit
transistors.
potential-free and reverse-polarity

protected

You can set each channel separately to

NO/NC mode and multiply signals via 3
to the outputs 1 and 2. You can also set
the output mode separately for each
channel.
diagram).

readiness. The two-color LED lights y el
low to indicate the output switching sta
tus. In the event of input circuit errors
the two-color LED changes to red, pro
vided the monitoring function of the in
put circuit is activated. Thereupon the
output transistors are inhibited.
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

104


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-12EX-T
7541227
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
6mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Output circuits
50 mA
5000Hz
circuit protected)
30 VDC
50 mA
5000Hz
Switching voltage
Switching frequency

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
9.6V
11mA
26mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
IIC
1
1.9
5
1.4
IIB
1
11
10
1.2
5
7.5
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
26mW
11mA
9.6V
TV 06 ATEX 552968 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
10
6.6
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
145g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1,1
Application area
Protection type
5
0,83
10
0,74
IIB
2
5,2
10
3,8
20
3,4
II 3 G
105


Features
II
I
1
BU 4
YE/RD
10 250 VAC/
30 VDC
2A
8 500 VA/60 W
1
NAMUR

FM, NEPSI
SIL2
BN 1
+
+8,2 V
II(1)D; IIG3

Common alarm output
9
11
Power
Pwr
12
GN
channel.
The output circuits feature two relays When using mechanical contacts, wire-
each with NO contact, one of which break and short-circuit monitoring must
works as alarm output.
diagram).

activated. Thereupon the output and
the alarm relay are de-energized.
Dimensions
Load curve

104
89

110

18


106


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-121EX-R
7541229
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
6mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
250 VAC/120 VDC

2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
2 x relays (NO)
IIC
1
1.9
IIB
1
11
10
1.2
5
7.5
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
26mW
11mA
9.6V
TV 06 ATEX 552968 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
9.6V
11mA
26mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
5
1.4
10
6.6
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
156g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1,1
Application area
Protection type
5
0,83
10
0,74
IIB
2
5,2
10
3,8
20
3,4
II 3 G
107


Features


FM, NEPSI
SIL2
Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G, II(1)D;

IIG3

Two transistor outputs, short-circuit proof,

potential-free and reverse-polarity protected
Common alarm output

Input circuit monitoring of wire-break/short-

circuit (ON/OFF switchable)
amplifier IM1-121EX-T is equipped with NO/NC mode and multiply signals via 3
channel.
tial-free and short circuit protected tran
sistors, one of which w
orks as alarm
output.

diagram).

the alarm transistor are inhibited.
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

108


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-121EX-T
7541230
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
6mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Output circuits
50 mA
5000Hz
circuit protected)
30 VDC
50 mA
5000Hz
Switching voltage
Switching frequency

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
9.6V
11mA
26mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
IIC
1
1.9
5
1.4
IIB
1
11
10
1.2
5
7.5
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
26mW
11mA
9.6V
TV 06 ATEX 552968 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
10
6.6
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
146g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1,1
Application area
Protection type
5
0,83
10
0,74
IIB
2
5,2
10
3,8
20
3,4
II 3 G
109


Features

II(1)D; IIG3

Two transistor outputs (MOSFET)
NC)



FM, NEPSI
The dual channel isolating switching Six front panel switches are available to
amplifier IM1-22EX-MT is equipped with set the output mode separately for each
channel (NO/NC mode), as well as to e
n
able/disable wire-break (WB) and s hortSensors according to EN 6094756 (NA circuit (SC) monitoring separately.
The output circuits feature two poten be switched off or the contact must be
tial-free MOSFET transistors.
diagram).

readiness. The switching status of the
corresponding output is indicated yel
low by the two color LED. In the event of
input circuit errors the dual color LED
changes to red, provided the input cir
activated.
cuit monitoring function is
Thereupon the related output t ransistor
is de-energized.
Dimensions
Power
Switching status
Channel 1
Output mode
Wire-break
monitoring
Short-circuit
monitoring
Channel 2

104
89

110
18

110


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-22EX-MT
7541213
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Output circuits
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1.9
5
1.4
IIB
1
11
10
1.2
5
7.5
10
6.6
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
26mW
11mA
9.6V
terminal connection: 1+4 / 2+5
TV 06 ATEX 552968 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
6mA
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
100 mA
1000Hz
2 x MOSFET (potential-free, short-circuit
protected)
250 VAC/120 VDC
100 mA
1000Hz
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
9.6V
11mA
26mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
145g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1,1
Application area
Protection type
5
0,83
10
0,74
IIB
2
5,2
10
3,8
20
3,4
II 3 G
111


Features
II
1
4
1
BU 4
YE/RD
BN
10 250 VAC/
30 VDC
2A
8 500 VA/60 W
+8,2 V
+1
NAMUR
BN
2
NAMUR
II(1)D; II3G

YE/RD
BU 5

FM, NEPSI
SIL2
+2
11
Power
Pwr
12
GN
NC)

The dual-channel isolating switching Six front panel switches are available to
amplifier IM1-22EX-R is equipped with set the output mode separately for each
n
The output circuits feature 2 relays, each be switched off or the contact must be
with NO contact.
diagram).

activated.
Thereupon the correspondent o
utput
relay is de-energized.
Dimensions
Load curve

Power
Switching status
Channel 1
Output mode
Wire-break
monitoring
Short-circuit
monitoring
Channel 2

89

104

110

18


112


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-22EX-R
7541231
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Power loss, typical
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
0.98W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
6mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
250 VAC/120 VDC

2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
2 x relays (NO)

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
9.6V
11mA
26mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
IIC
1
1.9
5
1.4
IIB
1
11
10
1.2
5
7.5
10
6.6
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
26mW
11mA
9.6V
TV 06 ATEX 552968 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
156g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1,1
Application area
Protection type
5
0,83
10
0,74
IIB
2
5,2
10
3,8
20
3,4
II 3 G
113


Features


FM, NEPSI
SIL2
II(1)D; IIG3

2 transistor outputs

NC)


The dual-channel isolating switching Six front panel switches are available to
amplifier IM1-22EX-T is equipped with set the output mode separately for each
n
The output circuits feature two poten be switched off or the contact must be
tial-free and short-circuit
protected wired with resistors (II) (see circuit
transistors.
diagram).

activated.
Thereupon the related output t ransistor
is de-energized.
Dimensions
Power
Switching status
Channel 1
Output mode
Wire-break
monitoring
Short-circuit
monitoring
Channel 2

104
89

110
18

114


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-22EX-T
7541232
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Power loss, typical
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
0.54W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
6mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Output circuits
50 mA
5000Hz
circuit protected)
30 VDC
50 mA
5000Hz
Switching voltage
Switching frequency

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
9.6V
11mA
26mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
IIC
1
1.9
5
1.4
IIB
1
11
10
1.2
5
7.5
10
6.6
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
26mW
11mA
9.6V
TV 06 ATEX 552968 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
146g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1,1
Application area
Protection type
5
0,83
10
0,74
IIB
2
5,2
10
3,8
20
3,4
II 3 G
115


Features
II
1
4
1
BU 4
YE/RD
BN
10 250 VAC/
30 VDC
2A
8 500 VA/60 W
+8,2 V
+1
NAMUR
BN
2
NAMUR
II(1)D; II3G

Signal flow direction adjustable (NO/
YE/RD
BU 5

FM, NEPSI
+2
11
NC)
Power
Pwr
Input circuits monitored for wire-
12
GN
break/short-circuit (ON/OFF
switchable)

fier IM1-22EX-R/K51 is equipped with in
trinsically safe input circuits.
The output circuits feature 2 relays, each
with one NO contact.
You can set each channel separately to
NO/NC mode and multiply signals via 3

to the outputs 1 and 2. You can also set
the output mode separately for each
channel.
diagram).
The green Pwr LED indicates operational
readiness. A 2-color LED indicates the
switching status of the corresponding

output yellow. In the event of input cir
cuit error, the related 2-color LED c hang
es to red, provided the input circuit
monitoring function is activated. There
upon the correspondent output
relay
drops out.
Dimensions
Load curve

Power
Switching status
Channel 1
Output mode
Wire-break
monitoring
Short-circuit
monitoring
Channel 2

89

104

110

18


116


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-22EX-R/K51
7541238
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
6mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
IIC
1
1.9

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
9.6V
11mA
26mW
Characteristic
linear
IIB
1
11
10
1.2
5
7.5
10
6.6
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
26mW
11mA
9.6V
TV 06 ATEX 552968 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
4.0 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
250 VAC/120 VDC

2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
2 x relays (NO)
5
1.4
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
147g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1,1
Application area
Protection type
5
0,83
10
0,74
IIB
2
5,2
10
3,8
20
3,4
II 3 G
117


Features


FM, NEPSI
II(1)D; IIG3


NC)

Signal fanning possible

The dual-channel isolating switching The output circuits feature 2 relays, each
amplifier IM12-22EX-R is equipped with with NO contact.
intrinsically safe input circuits.
Three front panel switches are available
Sensors according to EN 6094756 (NA to set the output mode separately for
MUR) can be connected to the device or each channel (NO/NC mode), as well as
to fan out signals. The switching state of
channel 1 is thereby transmitted to the
outputs 1 and 2. The output mode of

each channel can also be adjusted
separately.
readiness. The yellow LEDs indicate the
switching status of the corresponding
output.
Dimensions
Load curve

89

1 NO
2 NO
1:1

104

NC
NC
1:2
Zone 2: Do not disconnect when live!
110

18

IM12-22Ex-R


118


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM12-22EX-R
7541233
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN-60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
250 VAC/120 VDC

2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
2 x relays (NO)

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
9.6V
11mA
26mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
IIC
1
1.9
5
1.4
IIB
1
11
10
1.2
5
7.5
10
6.6
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
26mW
11mA
9.6V
TV 06 ATEX 552968 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
green
yellow
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
148g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1
1,1
Application area
Protection type
5
0,83
10
0,74
IIB
2
5,2
10
3,8
20
3,4
II 3 G
119


Features



II(1)D; IIG3

Two relay outputs (changeover)

NC)



Common alarm output

The dual channel isolating switching Four front panel switches are available
amplifier IM1231EXR is equipped with to set the output mode separately for
each channel (NO or NC mode), as well
as to enable/disable line monitoring
Sensors according to EN 6094756 (NA (LM).
The output circuits each have a relay be switched off or the contact must be
with a changeover contact. In addition, wired with resistors (II) (see circuit
the device features a common alarm diagram).
output.

activated. As a result the output and the
alarm relay are de-energized.
Dimensions
Load curve

1
2
NO
off
NO
off
NC
LM
NC
LM

110
27


89

104

IM1-231Ex-R


120


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-231EX-R
7541239
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
6mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
IIC
10
0.91

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
11.3V
13mA
36mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Li = 100 H, Ci = 1,1 nF
IIC
20
4.3
1
1.5
10.0
4.9
2
6.8
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
36mW
13mA
11.3V
terminal connection: 1+2/ 47/ 9+10
TV 06 ATEX 552967 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
250 VAC/120 VDC

2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
5.0
1.0
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 27 x 110mm
226g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1.0
0.84
Application area
Protection type
5.0
0.62
10.0
0.55
IIB
2.0
4.0
10.0
2.8
20.0
2.5
II 3 G
121


III
1
R1
R2
NAMUR
4
R1
R2
NAMUR
6
R1
R2
NAMUR
R1
R2
10
Features
II
10
NAMUR
BN
+
BU
BN
+
16
+ 8,2 V
1
YE/RD
17
2
YE/RD
18
11
BU
BN
+
BU
BN
+
+ 8,2 V
3
YE/RD
12
4
YE/RD
13
250 VAC/
30 VDC
2A
500 VA/
60W

Five relay outputs (NO)
NC)

Common alarm output
14
15
BU 10
19
Pwr
Power
GN
20
Sensors according to EN 60947-5-6 (NA

MUR) or potential-free contactors can be
connected to the 4-channel isolating
transducer IM1-451-R.
each channel (NO/NC mode), as well as indicated yellow by the two color LED.
to enable/disable wire-break (WB) and In the event of input circuit errors the
short-circuit (SC) monitoring separately.
the monitoring function of the input cir
When using mechanical contacts, the cuit is activated. Thereupon the o
utput
The output circuits each feature a relay wire-break and short-circuit monitoring and the alarm relay are de-energized.
with NO contact. The device also fea must be switched off or the contact
must be connected to resistors (II) (see
tures a common alarm output.
circuit diagram).
Eight front panel switches are available The green LED indicates operational
to set the output mode separately for readiness. The output switching status is
Dimensions
Load curve

89

104

110
27


122


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-451-R
7541190
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20250VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
6mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
250 VAC/120 VDC

2 A
750 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
5 x relays (NO)
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
DIP switch
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 27 x 110mm
213g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
123


Features

The output circuits each feature one p

o
tential-free, short circuit proof transistor
and the device as such is additionally
equipped with a common alarm output.
proof, potential-free and reverse-po

larity protected
NC)
Common alarm output

Sensors according to EN 60947-5-6 (NA

MUR) or potential-free contactors can be
connected to the 4-channel isolating
transducer IM1-451-T.


Five transistor outputs, short-circuit
Eight front panel switches are used to

set the output mode separately for each
port (NO/NC mode), as well as to ena
ble/disable wire-break (WB) and shortcircuit (SC) monitoring separately.

the monitoring function of the input cir
When using mechanical contacts, the cuit is activated. Thereupon the o
utput
wire-break and short-circuit monitoring and the alarm transistor are inhibited.
must be switched off or the contact
must be connected to resistors (II) (see
circuit diagram).
Dimensions

110
27

124

104
89


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-451-T
7520721
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20250VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Output circuits
6mA
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
50 mA
3000Hz
circuit protected)
30 VDC
50 mA
3000Hz
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
DIP switch
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 27 x 110mm
172g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
125


III
1
R1
R2
NAMUR
4
R1
R2
NAMUR
6
R1
R2
NAMUR
9
R1
R2
10
Features
II
10
NAMUR
BN
+
BU
BN
+
16
+ 8,2 V
1
YE/RD
17
2
YE/RD
18
11
BU
BN
+
BU
BN
+
+ 8,2 V
3
YE/RD
12
4
YE/RD
13
250 VAC/
30 VDC
2A
500 VA/
60W
15
Power
GN

fier IM1-451EX-R is equipped with an in
The output circuits each feature a relay
with NO contact. The device also fea
tures a common alarm output.
Common alarm output
19
Pwr
II(1)D; IIG3

Five relay outputs (NO)
NC)
14
BU 10

20
Eight front panel switches are available

to set the output mode separately for
each channel (NO/NC mode), as well as
to enable/disable wire-break (WB) and
diagram).

activated. As a result the output and the
alarm relay are de-energized.
Dimensions
Load curve

89

104

110
27


126


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-451EX-R
7541188
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
6mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
IIC
10
0.91

Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
11.3V
13mA
36mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Li = 100 H, Ci = 1,1 nF
IIB
20
4.3
1
1.5
10.0
4.9
2
6.8
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
36mW
13mA
11.3V
TV 06 ATEX 552967 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
250 VAC/120 VDC

2 A
750 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
5 x relays (NO)
5.0
1.0
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 27 x 110mm
204g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1.0
0.84
Application area
Protection type
5.0
0.62
10.0
0.55
IIB
2.0
4.0
10.0
2.8
20.0
2.5
II 3 G
127


III
II
1
1
R1
R2
NAMUR
4
R1
R2
NAMUR
R1
R2
NAMUR
9
R1
R2
10
10
NAMUR
BN
+
BU
BN
+
BU
BN
+
BU
BN
+
+ 8,2 V
+
1
YE/RD
2
YE/RD
+
3
YE/RD
Features
16
17
18
30 VDC
50 mA
11
12
+ 8,2 V
4
YE/RD
BU 10
The output circuits each feature one p

o
tential-free, short circuit proof transistor
and additionally a common
alarm
output.
15
Power
GN

14
19
Pwr

fier IM1-451EX-T is equipped with an in
13
20
Eight front panel switches are available

to set the output mode separately for
each channel (NO/NC mode), as well as
to enable/disable wire-break (WB) and
diagram).

II(1)D; IIG3

Five transistor outputs, short-circuit
proof, potential-free and reverse-po

larity protected
NC)
Common alarm output
the alarm transistor are inhibited.
Dimensions

128

110
27

104
89


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM1-451EX-T
7541189
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Output circuits
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
10
0.91
5.0
1.0
IIB
20
4.3
1
1.5
10.0
4.9
2
6.8
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
36mW
13mA
11.3V
TV 06 ATEX 552967 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
6mA
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
50 mA
3000Hz
circuit protected)
30 VDC
50 mA
3000Hz
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight

Protection type
Protection class for belonging equipment Ex nA [nL] IIC T4
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
11.3V
13mA
36mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Li = 100 H, Ci = 1,1 nF
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 27 x 110mm
189g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
1.0
0.84
Application area
Protection type
5.0
0.62
10.0
0.55
IIB
2.0
4.0
10.0
2.8
20.0
2.5
II 3 G
129


Features


Monitors over and underrange of limit values

and window limits
Line monitoring
Operating range 0.06 600000min-1 Connec

tion of sensors acc. to E N6094756 (NAMUR),

3-wire sensors and external power supplies
Two relay outputs and one transistor output
Current output 0/420 mA, reversible
Pulse output
Parametrized via PC (FDT/DTM), front panel
switch and HART

The rotation speed monitor IM21-14-

CDTRI analyses frequencies, rotation
speeds and pulse trains of rotating mo
tor, gear or turbine parts according to
over or undershoot of adjusted limit val
ues. A display at the front indicates the
current value.
The device can be parametrized and

configured via PC (FDT/DTM). For this,
connect the device to the PC via the
3.5
mm jack plug at the front (the
matching transmission cable IM-PROGIII
can be ordered separately from TURCK).
A basic scope of parameters can be set
via buttons and display at the front or
If NAMUR sensors are connected, the remotely via the current interface and
line is monitored according to wire- HART .
break and/or short-circuit. In case of in
put circuit error the relays drop out, t he At each of the two relay outputs a pre
transistor is inhibited and the power defined limit value can be monitored.
LED (Pwr) changes to red.
The two relays also monitor o
vershoot/
undershoot of window limits. T he tran
sistor output can also be used as a pulse

divider. The measured value is perma
nently written to a ring memory w
ith
space for 8000 values. The writing p
ro
cess is stopped with a predefined trig
ger event, like for example excess of
limit value. After that, the stored signal
sequence can be read out.
A switching hysteresis is defined by set
ting a switch-on and off point. A s witchoff delay can also be set to avoid shut
down due to sudden frequency h
ops.
Dimensions
Load curve

104
89

27

110


130


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM21-14-CDTRI
7505650
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20250VDC
3W
Indication
Pulse input
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Input circuits
Monitoring range / setting range:
Pulse time
Pulse stop
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
No-load voltage
Current
Input resistance
0-signal
1-signal
0-signal
1-signal
Input resistance
Output circuits
Fault current
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
Voltage
Current
Measuring accuracy
Reference temperature
Temperature drift analogue output
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
max. input frequency
Rated voltage
0.06600000min-1
0.02ms
0.02ms
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
6mA
12VDC
20mA
600
03VDC
530 VDC
03VDC
530VDC
26000
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 27 x 110mm
239g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
0.6k
0 / 22mA adjustable
250 VAC/120 VDC
2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
circuit protected), 2 x relays (NO)
30 VDC
50 mA
10000Hz
30V
10mA
0.05% of full scale
23 C
0.0025%/K
Teach button (display settings),
parametrizable via PC, HART protocol
600000min-1
250V
131


Features


Monitors over and underrange of limit values

and window limits
Line monitoring
Operating range 0.06 600000min-1 Con

trol of sensors acc. to EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)

2 x relay outputs and 1 x transistor output

Current output 0/420 mA reversible
Pulse output ExnLIIC/IIB

switch or HART
The rotation speed monitor IM21-14EX-

CDTRI monitors frequencies, rotation
speeds and pulse trains of rotating mo
tor, gear or turbine parts according to
over or undershoot of adjusted limit val
ues. A display at the front indicates the
current value.

3.5
Intrinsically safe sensors acc. to EN remotely via the current interface and
60947-5-6 (NAMUR) can be connected. HART .
The line is monitored according to wire-
break and/or short-circuit depending on At each of the two relay outputs a pre
the settings made. In case of input cir defined limit value can be monitored.
cuit errors the relays drop out, the tran The two relays also monitor o
vershoot/
sistor is inhibited and the Power LED undershoot of window limits. T he tran
(Pwr) changes to red.
sistor output can also be used as a pulse
divider. The measured value is perma

nently written to a ring memory w
ith
space for 8000 values. The writing p
ro
cess is stopped with a predefined trig
ger event, like for example excess of
limit value. After that, the stored signal
sequence can be read out.
A switching hysteresis is defined by set
ting a switch-on and off point. A s witchoff delay can also be set to avoid shut
down due to sudden frequency hops.
Dimensions
Load curve

104
89


IM21-14Ex-CDTRi

110

27
PC-Connect


132


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM21-14EX-CDTRI
7505651
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
Monitoring range / setting range:
Pulse time
Pulse stop
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
Output circuits
Fault current
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
Voltage
Current
0.06600000min-1
0.02ms
0.02ms
EN 60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
6mA
0.6k
0 / 22mA adjustable
250 VAC/120 VDC
2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
circuit protected), 2 x relays (NO)
30 VDC
50 mA
10000Hz
30V
10mA

Measuring accuracy
0.05% of full scale
23 C
0.0025%/K
Protection type
[Ex ia Ga] IIC , [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
max. input frequency
600000min-1
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Ex approval acc. to conformity certificate IBExU 07 ATEX 1132
Max. values:
terminal connection 1+2; 6+7; 9+10
9.6V
10.7mA
25mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
20V
Max. input voltage Ui
Max. input current Ii

Max. input power Pi
21.3mA
400mW
negligibly small

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
100
0.51
5.0
0.84
IIB
100
2.7
1
1.2
Application area
Protection type
5
4.4
1
6.3
II 3 G
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci negligibly small

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
100
0.765
5.0
1.2
1
1.8
IIB
100
4.0
5
6.6
1
9.4
Max. input power Pi

Max. values:
Characteristic
Internal resistance Ri
Max. values:
Max. values:
400mW
21.3mA
20V
terminal connection 6+7
linear
900
25mW
10.7mA
9.6V
terminal connection 1+2; 6+7; 9+10
IBExU 07 ATEX B010 X
900
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Pulse input
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 27 x 110mm
249g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
133


Features
1
0/420 mA
10 R L 500
+2
0/4...20 mA
1 alternat.
0/2...10 V

Transfer of standard analog signals
Input circuit: 0/210V or 0/420mA
Output circuit: 0/420mA
7+
50
3
50 k
+1
The single-channel analog data

trans
mitter IM31-11-I is designed to transmit
standard, galvanically isolated
active
voltage or current signals.
The device is equipped with one input
circuit of 0/210V or 0/420mA and
Pwr
GN
11
12
Power
one short-circuit proof output circuit of

0/420mA.
switch position, a dead-zero signal at

the input (010 V / 020 mA) is con
verted and provided as a live-zero signal
at the output (420 mA).
The transfer characteristic is adjusted via

a DIP switch at the front. In 1:1 switch
position, the input signal is transferred The green LED indicates operational
unattenuated to the output. In LZ readiness.
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

134


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM31-11-I
7506323
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
0.5k
Limit frequency
Rise time (10-90%)
Dropout time (9010%)
Measuring accuracy
Temperature drift
Analog input
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
30Hz
50ms
50ms
0.2% of full scale
23 C
0.005% / K
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
DIP switch
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
134g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
135


Features

Output circuit: 2 x 0/4 020mA

Standard active voltage or current sig

transferred via the 1-channel analog s ig
nal isolator IM31-12-I. The signal is d
u
plicated and provided at both outputs.

two short-circuit proof output circuits of

0/420mA.
the input (010 V / 020 mA) is con

at the output (420 mA).

a DIP switch at the front. In 1:1 switch The green LED indicates operational
position, the input signal is transferred readiness.
unattenuated to the outputs. In LZ
switch position, a dead-zero signal at
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

136


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM31-12-I
7506324
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
0.5k
Limit frequency
Rise time (10-90%)
Measuring accuracy
Temperature drift
Analog input
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
30Hz
50ms
50ms
0.2% of full scale
23 C
0.005% / K
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
DIP switch
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
131g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
137


Features

II(1)D; II3G


Standard active voltage or current sig

transferred via the 1-channel analog s ig
nal isolator IM31-12EX-I from the Ex a rea
to the non-Ex area. The signal is d
upli
cated and provided at both o
utputs.




0/420mA.
020mA) is converted and provided as

a live-zero signal at the output (420
mA).

a DIP switch at the front. In 1:1 switch The green LED indicates operational
position, the input signal is transferred readiness.
unattenuated to the outputs in the non-
Ex area. In LZ switch position, a dead-
zero signal at the input (010 V /
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

138


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM31-12EX-I
7506321
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
0.5k
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
50ms
50ms
Measuring accuracy
0.2% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.01% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G; II (1) D
Max. values:
terminal connection: 1+2+3
7.2V
1mA
2mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Li = 65 H; Ci = 52 nF
IIC
0.5
3.9
4.5
2.5
IIB
1.5
17
9.5
2.2
9.5
12
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
2mW
1mA
7.2V
TV 06 ATEX 553387 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
20
10
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
140g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
0.5
2
Application area
Protection type
4.5
1.5
9.5
1.3
IIB
1.5
9
9.5
6.7
20
6.1
II 3 G
139


Features

The 2-channel analog data transmitter

IM31-22-I is designed for galvanically
isolated transmission of standard active
voltage or current signals.
The device features two input circuits of
0/210 V and 0/420 mA as well as
0/420mA.

420mA


Input circuit: 2x0/210V or 0/


position, the input signals are
trans
ferred unattenuated to the outputs. In
LZ switch position, a dead-zero signal
at the input (010V / 020mA) is con
at the output (420 m
A).

readiness.
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

140


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM31-22-I
7506325
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
0.5k
Limit frequency
Rise time (10-90%)
Measuring accuracy
Temperature drift
Analog input
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
30Hz
50ms
50ms
0.2% of full scale
23 C
0.005% / K
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
DIP switch
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
140g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
141


Features

II(1)D; II3G
1
0/420 mA
10 R L 500
+2
0/4...20 mA
1 alternat.
0/2...10 V

7+
50
3
50 k
+1
Active voltage or current signals are gal

vanically isolated and transmitted via
the 1-channel analog data transmitter
IM31-11EX-I from the Ex area to the safe
area.
Pwr
GN
11
12

Power

0/420mA.
position, the input signal is transferred
unattenuated to the output in the non-
zero signal at the input (010V / 020

mA) is converted and provided as a live-
zero signal at the assigned output
(420mA).
readiness.
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

142


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM31-11EX-I
7506320
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
0.5k
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
50ms
50ms
Measuring accuracy
0.2% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.01% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G; II (1) D
Max. values:
7.2V
1mA
2mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Li = 65 H; Ci = 52 nF
IIC
0.5
3.9
4.5
2.5
IIB
1.5
17
9.5
2.2
9.5
12
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
2mW
1mA
7.2V
TV 06 ATEX 553387 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
20
10
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
138g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
0.5
2
Application area
Protection type
4.5
1.5
9.5
1.3
IIB
1.5
9
9.5
6.7
20
6.1
II 3 G
143


Features

II(1)D; II3G
1
0/210 V
10 R L 500
+2
0/4...20 mA
1 alternat.
0/2...10 V

7+
50
3
50 k
+1
The single-channel analog data

trans
mitter IM31-11Ex-U transmits standard
active voltage or current signals.
0/210V.
Pwr
GN
11
12
Power

Output circuit: 0/210V
The transfer characteristic is adjusted via The green LED indicates operational
a DIP switch at the front. In 1:1 switch readiness.
position, the input signal is transferred
unattenuated to the output in the non-
zero signal at the input (010 V /
020mA) is converted and provided as
a live-zero signal at the assigned output
(210V).
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

144


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM31-11EX-U
7506327
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
0.5k
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
50ms
50ms
Measuring accuracy
0.2% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.01% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G; II (1) D
Max. values:
7.2V
1mA
2mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Li = 65 H; Ci = 52 nF
IIC
0.5
3.9
4.5
2.5
IIB
1.5
17
9.5
2.2
9.5
12
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
2mW
1mA
7.2V
TV 06 ATEX 553387 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
20
10
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
141g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
0.5
2
Application area
Protection type
4.5
1.5
9.5
1.3
IIB
1.5
9
9.5
6.7
20
6.1
II 3 G
145


Features

II(1)D; II3G

Isolated active voltage or current signals

are galvanically isolated and transmitted
via the 2-channel analog data transmit
ter IM31-22EX-I from the Ex area to the
safe area.


Input circuits: 0/210V or 0/420

mA
Output circuits: 0/420mA

0/420mA.
trans
ferred unattenuated to the outputs in
the non-Ex area. In LZ switch position,
a dead-zero signal at the input (010V

/ 020 mA) is converted and p
rovided
as a live-zero signal at the
output
(420mA).
readiness.
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

146


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM31-22EX-I
7506322
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
0.5k
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
50ms
50ms
Measuring accuracy
0.2% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.01% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G; II (1) D
Max. values:
terminal connection: 1+2+3 / 4+5+6
7.2V
1mA
2mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Li = 65 H; Ci = 52 nF
IIC
0.5
3.9
4.5
2.5
IIB
1.5
17
9.5
2.2
9.5
12
20
10
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
2mW
1mA
7.2V
terminal connection: 13 / 46
TV 06 ATEX 553387 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
137g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
0.5
2
Application area
Protection type
4.5
1.5
9.5
1.3
IIB
1.5
9
9.5
6.7
20
6.1
II 3 G
147


Features

II(1)D; II3G

Galvanically isolated active voltage or

current signals are transmitted via the 2-
channel analog data transmitter IM31-
22EX-U from the Ex area to the safe area.
010V.



Input circuits: 0/210V or

0/420mA
Output circuits: 0/210V

trans
ferred unattenuated to the outputs in
the non-Ex area. In LZ switch position,
a dead-zero signal at the input (010V
/ 020 mA) is converted and p
rovided
as a live-zero signal at the
output
(010V).

readiness.
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

148


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM31-22EX-U
7506326
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
0.5k
Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
50ms
50ms
Measuring accuracy
0.2% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.01% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
Protection type
Operating concept
DIP switch
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G; II (1) D
Max. values:
7.2V
1mA
2mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Li = 65 H; Ci = 52 nF
IIC
0.5
3.9
4.5
2.5
IIB
1.5
17
9.5
2.2
9.5
12
20
10
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
2mW
1mA
7.2V
TV 06 ATEX 553387 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 18 x 110mm
136g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
0.5
2
Application area
Protection type
4.5
1.5
9.5
1.3
IIB
1.5
9
9.5
6.7
20
6.1
II 3 G
149


Features

The device is equipped with a variable

input circuit of 0/420 mA or 0 10V

Standard, active voltage or current sig

nals are galvanically isolated, transmit
ted and converted to other s ignal types
via the 1-channel universal analog data
transmitter IMS-AI-UNI/24VDC.


Analog signal isolator, 1-channel
Input circuit: 0/420mA or 010V
Output circuit: 0/420mA or 010V
Type of input and output signal ad

justed via DIP switch
Linearity < 0.1% f.s.

Accuracy < 0.1% f.s.
UL: Class1; Div 2; Group A,B,C,D
Analog signal isolator
6.2 mm width

and a variable short-circuit proof output

circuit of 0/420mA or 0 10V.

readiness.
The transfer characteristic (for input and

output signal type) is adjusted via side-
mounted DIP switches. According to the
setting, the input signals are transferred
to the output.
With a width of 6.2mm, the device is

galvanically isolated up to 1.5 kV.
Dimensions

150


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMS-AI-UNI/24V
7504009

Power consumption
Residual ripple
1929VDC
0.312W
5mVss
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
0/210VDC
330k
0/420mA
100
Output circuits
1k
0.4k
Limit frequency
Rise time (10-90%)
Measuring accuracy
Temperature drift
Analog input
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
30Hz
10ms
10ms
0.1% of full scale
0.00015% / K
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
DIP switch
24 VDC
50V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
1.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-20+60C
114.5 x 6.2 x 90mm
60g
polycarbonate/ABS
screw terminals
2.5 mm2
151


Features

Standard, isolated active voltage signals

are galvanically isolated and transmitted
via the 2-channel analog data transmit
ter IMS-AI-DLI-22-DLI/L.


Input circuits: 0/420mA
6.2 mm width

The device features two input circuits 0/

420 mA mA and two short-circuit
proof output circuits 0/420mA.
The device is loop powered, transmis
sion starts with 250 A. Required mini
mum voltage 2.8V + ( 20mA x Rload ).
The input signals are transmitted 1:1 to

the output.
The device is loop-powered. Separate
power supply is not necessary.
Dimensions

152


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMS-AI-DLI-22-DLI/L
7504011
Power consumption
Residual ripple
0.312W
5mVss
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
max. 29VDC
0/420mA
100
Output circuits
0.4k
Limit frequency
Rise time (10-90%)
Measuring accuracy
Temperature drift
Analog input
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
30Hz
10ms
10ms
0.1% of full scale
0.00015% / K
0/420 mA
DIP switch
Loop-powered
50V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
1.5 kV
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-20+60C
114.5 x 6.2 x 90mm
60g
polycarbonate/ABS
screw terminals
2.5 mm2
153


Features

Removable terminal blocks, screwa

ble, 2mm test socket

Power supply of 2-wire measuring


er IM33-11-HI/24VDC is d
esigned to op
erate intrinsically safe
HART 2-wire
transducers (III) in the Ex area and to
separate and transfer the m
easured sig
nal. In addition to analog signals, the
isolating transducer also t ransfers digital
HART
signals
communication
bidirectionally.
transducers with HART c ommunica

tion as well as connection to active
2-wire and passive 3-wire transmitters
Input circuit: 0/420 mA
Output circuit: 0/420 mA
SIL2

Alternatively, active 2-wire HART trans

mitters (II) and passive 3-wire H
ART
transmitters (I) can be operated.
Due to the 1:1 transmission characteris

tic, wire-break or short-circuit o
f the
measuring transducer circuit are indicat
ed as currents of 0mA resp. > 22.5mA.
The device features one input and one

output circuit, for 0/420 mA. The The removable terminal blocks feature
green LED indicates operationaltest sockets ( 2mm) for connection of
readiness.
a HART handheld. Other device variants
are available on request.
The input signal is transferred 1:1 with
out attenuation to the output.
Dimensions

110
89

110
18

154


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM33-11-HI/24VDC
7506447

Power consumption
1929VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Current input
17V
25mA
0/420mA
250
Output circuits
Wire break monitoring
Short circuit monitoring
0.5k
0mA
Rise time (10-90%)

Measuring accuracy
Temperature drift
Analog input
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
50ms
50ms
0.1% of full scale
23 C
0.005% / K
0/420 mA
24 VDC
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
22mA
IP20
-25+70C
95%
110 x 18 x 110mm
135g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
4 x 3-pole removable terminal blocks
with test socket, reverse polarity
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
155


Features
Intrinsically safe input circuit EEx ia

Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)GD;

II3G




transducers via HART communication

as well as connection to active 2-wire
and passive 3-wire transmitters
Input circuit: 0/420mA
SIL2
er IM33-11EX-HI/24VDC is d
esigned to
operate intrinsically safe HART 2-wire
transfer the measured signal to the nonEx area. In addition to analog signals,
transfers
the isolating transducer also
digital HART communication
signals
bidirectionally.
Alternatively, passive 2-wire HART
transmitters (II) and active 3-wire HART
The device features one input and one The removable terminal blocks feature
output circuit, for 0/420 mA. The test sockets ( 2mm) for connection of
green LED indicates operationala HART handheld. Further devices with
readiness.
different Ex-criteria are available on
request.
out attenuation to the output in the
non-Ex area.
f the
ed as currents of 0mA resp. > 2
2.5mA.
Dimensions

110
89
110
18
IM33-11Ex-Hi
24VDC

156


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM33-11EX-HI/24VDC
7506440

Power consumption
1929VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Current input
17V
25mA
0/420mA
250
Output circuits
0.5k

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
50ms
50ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) GD
Max. values:
terminal connection 13
21.9V
95mA
747mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
40V
650mW
Max. input power Pi

Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
3
0.12
IIB
10.0
0.81
Max. input power Pi

Characteristic
Max. values:
650mW
40V
trapezoidal
95mA
21.9V
TV 06 ATEX 552977 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
110 x 18 x 110mm
146g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
2.8
0.057
IIB
14
0,295
Application area
Protection type
II 3 G
331
157


Features


II3G




SIL2

er IM33-12Ex-HI/24VDC is d
esigned to
transfer the measured signal to the nonEx area. In addition to analog signals,
the isolating transducer also
transfers
digital HART communication
signals
bidirectionally.
The device features one input and two The removable terminal blocks feature
output circuits, for 0/420 mA. The test sockets ( 2mm) for connection of
readiness.
request.
out attenuation to the outputs in the
non-Ex area. The HART signal is trans
ferred to output 1.

ART

f the
2.5mA.
Dimensions

110
89

110
18

158


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM33-12EX-HI/24VDC
7506446

Power consumption
1929VDC
3.2W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current input
17V
0/420mA
250
Output circuits
0.5k

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
50ms
50ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) GD
Max. values:
21.9V
95mA
747mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
40V
650mW
Max. input power Pi
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
2.8
0.057

Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
3
0.12
IIB
10.0
0.81
Max. input power Pi

Characteristic
Max. values:
650mW
40V
trapezoidal
95mA
21.9V
TV 06 ATEX 552977 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
110 x 18 x 110mm
163g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
IIB
14
0,295
Application area
Protection type
II 3 G
331
159


Features

II
II3G
III
HART
HART + 2
?
19
+1
Pwr
210
0/4...20 mA
GN
Power
20
16 +
1
17
HHT
I
HART + 1
?
2

er IIM33-11EX-HI is designed to o
perate
intrinsically safe HART 2-wire transduc
ers (III) in the Ex area and to t ransfer the
measured signal to the non-Ex area. In
addition to analog signals, the isolating
transducer also transfers digital HART
communication signals bidirectionally.
The device features one input and one The removable terminal blocks feature
output circuit, for 0/420 mA. The test sockets ( 2mm) for connection of
readiness.
request.
out attenuation to the output in the
non-Ex area.

ART

f the
2.5mA.
Dimensions

110
89

110
27

160


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM33-11EX-HI
7506443
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Current input
17V
25mA
0/420mA
250
Output circuits
0.5k

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
50ms
50ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) GD
21.3V
86mA
675mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V

Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
Ex nL IIC
4.5
157
Ex nL IIB
10
890
Characteristic
trapezoidal
675mW
92mA
21.3V
TV 06 ATEX 2967 X
341.2
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
110 x 27 x 110mm
188g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Lo [mH]
Co [F]
EEx ia IIC
0,47
0,093
EEx ia IIB
10
0,45
Application area
Protection type
II 3 G
Ex [nL] nA IIC T4
341.2
161


Features

II3G


ART


er IM33-12EX-HI is designed to operate
measured signal to the non-Ex area. In


transducers via HART c ommunica

The device features one input and two measuring transducer circuit are indicat
output circuits, for 0/420 mA. The ed as currents of 0mA resp. > 22.5mA.
green LED indicates operational
readiness.
The removable terminal blocks feature
test sockets ( 2mm) for connection of
The input signal is transferred 1:1 with a HART handheld. Further devices with
out attenuation to the outputs in the different Ex-criteria are available on
non-Ex area. The HART signal is trans request.
ferred to output 1.
f the
Dimensions

110
89

110
27

162


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM33-12EX-HI
7506444
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Residual ripple
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
10mVss
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Current input
17V
25mA
0/420mA
250
Output circuits
0.5k

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
50ms
50ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) GD
21.3V
86mA
675mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V

Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
Ex nL IIC
4.5
157
Ex nL IIB
10
890
Characteristic
trapezoidal
675mW
92mA
21.3V
TV 06 ATEX 2967 X
341.2
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
110 x 27 x 110mm
209g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Lo [mH]
Co [F]
EEx ia IIC
0,47
0,093
EEx ia IIB
10
0,45
Application area
Protection type
II 3 G
Ex [nL] nA IIC T4
341.2
163


Features

Intrinsically safe input circuit EExia

Monitors over and underrange of analog

values and window limits
Line monitoring

The 1-channel isolating transducer

IM33-14EX-CDRI is designed to operate
intrinsically safe transmitters in the Ex
area and to transfer the measured sig
nals to the non-Ex area.
The measured value can be viewed on a
2-line display. A green LED indicates op
erational readiness, three yellow LEDs,
one for each output, indicate the s witch
ing status.

switch or HART

Power supply of 2 and 3-wire measuring

transducers

Suited for active and passive signals

Output circuit: 0/420mA, reversible
3 relay outputs
The measured value is permanently

written to a ring memory with space for
8000 values. The writing process is
stopped with a predefined trigger event,
like for example excess of limit value.
After that, the stored signal sequence
can be read out.

3.5
matching t ransmission cable IM-PROGIII
A basic s cope of parameters can be set
via b
uttons and display at the front or
remotely via the current interface and
HART .

Dimensions
Load curve

104
89


IM33-14Ex-CDRi

110

27
PC-Connect


164


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM33-14EX-CDRI
7560015
Application area
Protection type
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Residual ripple
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
10mVss
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci negligible
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Voltage input
Current input
17V
25mA
0/210VDC
0/420mA
Output circuits
Fault current
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
0.6k
0 / 22mA adjustable
250 VAC/120 VDC
2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
3 x relays (NO)
II 3 G
Ex nA nC [nL] IIC/IIB T4 X

Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [F]

Limit frequency
30Hz
Measuring accuracy
0.05% of full scale
23 C
0.0025%/K
Analog input
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
Protection type
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
21.6V
85mA
459mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
40V
600mW
Max. input power Pi
negligible
IIC
4
0.17
0.5
0.21
IIB
5
1.0
0.15
0.25
1
1.2
Max. input power Pi

Characteristic
Max. values:
600mW
40V
trapezoidal
408
459mW
85mA
21.6V
IBExU 07 ATEX B015 X
408
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
0.15
1.4
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 27 x 110mm
249g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
0.3
30
0.15
50
IIB
5
630
1
680
0.15
950
165


Features





transducers with HART c ommunica

SIL 2

er IM3322HI/24VDC is d
esigned to op
erate intrinsically safe H
ART transduc
ers In addition to analog
signals, the
isolating transducer also t ransfers digital
HART
communication
signals
bidirectionally.
The device features 0/420 mA input The removable terminal blocks feature
and output circuits. The green LED indi test sockets ( 2mm) for connection of
cates operational readiness.
a HART handheld. Other device variants
are available on request.
The input signals are transferred 1:1
without attenuation to the outputs in
the non-Ex area.

ART

f the
2.5mA.
Dimensions

110
89

110
18

166


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM33-22-HI/24VDC
7506564

Power consumption
1929VDC
3.2W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current input
17V
0/420mA
250
Output circuits
0.5k
Rise time (10-90%)

Measuring accuracy
Temperature drift
Analog input
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
50ms
50ms
0.1% of full scale
23 C
0.005% / K
0/420 mA
24 VDC
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
110 x 18 x 110mm
172g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
167


Features

Intrinsically safe input circuits EEx ia


II 3 G


er IM33-22EX-HI/24VDC is d
esigned to
transfer the measured signals to the
non-Ex area. In addition to analog sig
nals, the isolating transducer also trans
fers digital HART communication sig
nals bidirectionally.
ART

Input circuits: 0/420 mA
Output circuits: 0/420 mA
SIL2
The device features 0/420 mA input

and output circuits. A green LED indi
The removable terminal blocks feature

test sockets ( 2mm) for connection of
a HART handheld. Further devices with
The input signals are transferred 1:1 request.
the non-Ex area.
f the
2.5mA.
Dimensions

110
89

110
18

168


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM33-22EX-HI/24VDC
7506441

Power consumption
1929VDC
3.2W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current input
17V
0/420mA
250
Output circuits
0.5k

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
50ms
50ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) GD
Max. values:
terminal connection 13 / 46
21.9V
95mA
747mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
30V
650mW
Max. input power Pi
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
2.8
0.057

Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
3
0.12
IIB
10.0
0.81
Max. input power Pi

Characteristic
Max. values:
650mW
30V
trapezoidal
95mA
21.9V
terminal connection 13 and 46
TV 06 ATEX 552977 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
110 x 18 x 110mm
172g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
IIB
14
0,295
Application area
Protection type
II 3 G
331
169


Features


er IM33-22EX-HI is designed to operate
measured signals to the n
on-Ex area. In
addition to analog s ignals, the isolating
communication s ignals bidirectionally.
Alternatively, active 2-wire HART t rans
ART

Application area acc. to ATEX: II 3 GD

Input circuits: 0/420 mA
Output circuits: 0/420 mA
The device features 0/420 mA input The removable terminal blocks feature
and output circuits. The green LED indi test sockets ( 2mm) for connection of
a HART handheld. Further devices with
The input signals are transferred 1:1 request.
the non-Ex area.
f the
2.5mA.
Dimensions

110
89

110
27

170


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM33-22EX-HI
7506445
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Current input
17V
25mA
0/420mA
250
Output circuits
0.5k

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
50ms
50ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) GD
21.3V
86mA
675mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V

Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
Ex nL IIC
4.5
157
Ex nL IIB
10
890
Characteristic
trapezoidal
675mW
92mA
21.3V
TV 06 ATEX 2967 X
341.2
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
110 x 27 x 110mm
219g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Lo [mH]
Co [F]
EEx ia IIC
0,47
0,093
EEx ia IIB
10
0,45
Application area
Protection type
II 3 G
Ex [nL] nA IIC T4
341.2
171


Features

mocouples and millivolt signals in 2, 3

or 4-wire technology
Parametrized via FDT/DTM
HART


Input for Pt100/ Ni100 resistors, ther

The 1-channel temperature measuring

amplifier IM3411CI is designed to e
val
uate the temperature-dependent varia
tions of resistance thermo
detectors
(RTD) Ni100/Pt100,
thermoelement
types B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S a nd T or low
voltages in a range of -160+160 mV
and to output them as linear tempera
ture current signals.

Ni100/Pt100 input can either be used as

external cold junction compensation for
the thermoelement or as independent
measuring input.
configured via PC (FDT/DTM). The
can be ordered separately from TURCK.
Resistance thermo detectors Ni100/ The following settings are available:

Pt100 in 2, 3 or 4-wire-technology can Connection mode (2, 3 and 4-wire
be operated alternatively at the input
technology)
circuit of the measuring amplifier. The Lower limit
Upper limit
Input circuit monitoring for
wire-break
Current output adjustable in the
event of input circuit errors: 0 resp. >

22mA
Internal or external cold junction
compensation
Output current (0/420mA)
Temperature indicated in C or K
Mode (resistance, thermocouples, low
voltage, line compensation)
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

172


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM34-11-CI
7506638
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
Input circuits
Voltage input
intrinsically safe acc. to EN 60079

thermocouple
Ni100
Pt100
mV signals
(IEC 751), 2, 3 and 4-wire technology
(DIN 43760), 2, 3 and 4-wire technology
0.2mA
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T (ITS 90/IEC 584), L
(DIN 43710)
-0.160+0.160VDC
Output circuits
Fault current
0.6k
0 / 22mA adjustable
Pt100
Ni100
Probe current
Thermoelements
Rise time (10-90%)

Accuracy current output
Temperature drift RTD input
Temperature drift TC input
Accuracy RTD input
Accuracy TC input
Cold junction compensation error
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
50ms
1000ms
23 C
5A
0.0025%/K
3m/K
3.2V / K (of 320mV)
50m
15V
2-wire < 100m after line
compensation
3-wire < 100m with asymmetrical
wiring
4-wire < 50m
with cold junction compensation
with IM-3-CJT < 1K
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Error indication
green
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 18 x 110mm
130g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
173


Features

Application area acc. to ATEX: II (1) G; II
(1) D


The 1-channel Ex-temperature m

easur
ing amplifier IM34-11EX-CI is d
esigned
to evaluate the temperature-dependent
variations of resistance thermo detec
tors (RTD) Ni100/Pt100, thermoelement
ture current signals 0/420 mA.


Parametrized via FDT/DTM
HART


measuring input.

Pt100 in 2, 3 or 4-wire-technology can Connection mode (2, 3 and 4-wire
be operated alternatively at the input
technology)
circuit of the measuring amplifier. The Lower limit
Upper limit
wire-break

22mA
compensation
Dimensions

104
89
Pwr
PC-Connect
110
18
IM34-11Ex-Ci

174


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Input circuits
Input circuits
IM34-11EX-CI
7506633
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Voltage input

thermocouple
Pt100
Ni100
mV signals
0.2mA
(DIN 43710)
-0.160+0.160VDC
Output circuits
Fault current
0.6k
0 / 22mA adjustable
Pt100
Ni100
Probe current
Thermoelements

Rise time (10-90%)
1000ms
1000ms
23 C
5A
0.0025%/K
3m/K
3.2V / K (of 320mV)
Accuracy RTD input
50m
Accuracy TC input
15V
compensation
wiring
4-wire < 50m
with IM-3-CJT < 1K
Protection type
Operating concept
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
terminal connection: 16
5V
2.5mA
3mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
negligibly small

Lo [mH]
Co [F]
EEx ia IIC
1000
100
Application area
Protection type
EEx ia IIB
1000
1000
II 3 G

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
100
3.6
IIB
100
18
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
3mW
2.5mA
5V
TV 06 ATEX 552978 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Error indication
green
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 18 x 110mm
147g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
175


Features

(1) D
mV
+1
TC
4
RTD
7+
0/4...20 mA
8 R 600
L
2
3
6
GN RD
Pwr
5
4

easur
ing amplifier IM34-11EX-I is designed to
evaluate the temperature-
dependent
11
12

Upper and lower limit adjustable via
rotary coding switch
Power

the thermocouples or as independent
measuring input.
Measuring range, lower limit -100-
1C in 1-K steps, upper limit 0990C

in 10-K steps
Measuring range upper limit
01990C in 10-K steps
The measuring range and the device Input circuit monitoring for
functions are set via coded rotary
wire-break
switches or slide switches (located on Current output adjustable in the
the right side of the device).
22mA
Pt100 in 2, 3 or 4-wire-technology can Type of probe
compensation
be operated alternatively at the input Connection of the Ni100/Pt100 resis
circuit of the measuring amplifier. The
tor in 2, 3 or 4-wire technology
Dimensions

104
89
Pwr
110
18
IM34-11Ex-i

176


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Input circuits
Input circuits
IM34-11EX-I
7506630
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Voltage input

thermocouple
Ni100
Pt100
mV signals
0.2mA
(DIN 43710)
-0.160+0.160VDC
Output circuits
Fault current
Output
0.6k
0 / 22mA adjustable
adjustable output mode
Pt100
Ni100
Probe current
Thermoelements

Rise time (10-90%)
1000ms
1000ms
23 C
5A
0.0025%/K
3m/K
3.2V / K (of 320mV)
Accuracy RTD input
50m
Accuracy TC input
15V
compensation
wiring
4-wire < 50m
with IM-3-CJT < 1K
Protection type
Operating concept
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
5V
2.5mA
3mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
negligibly small

Lo [mH]
Co [F]
EEx ia IIC
1000
100
Application area
Protection type
EEx ia IIB
1000
1000
II 3 G

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
100
3.6
IIB
100
18
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
3mW
2.5mA
5V
TV 06 ATEX 552978 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Error indication
green
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 18 x 110mm
152g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
177


Features

(1) D
mV
+1
TC
4
7+
0/4...20 mA
8 R 600
L
3
6
/RTD
to PC via
IM-PROG
GN RD
Pwr
The temperature measuring amplifier

M3411ExCI/24VDC is designed to e val
uate the temperature-dependent varia
tions of resistance thermo
detectors
(RTD) Ni100/Pt100,
thermoelement
ture current signals.
11 +
12

Parametrization via PACT ware TM O ut
put: 0/420 mA
HART
24 VDC

measuring input.
Lower limit
Upper limit


22mA
Internal, external or constant cold
junction compensation
Output current (0/420 mA)
Temperature unit (C or K)
Mode (resistance, thermoelement,
low voltage, line compensation)
Resistance thermo detectors Ni100/ The following settings can be adjusted

Pt100 in 2, 3 or 4-wire-technology can via DTM:
be operated alternatively at the input Connection mode (2, 3 and 4-wire
circuit of the measuring amplifier. The
technology)
wire-break
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

178


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM34-11Ex-CI/24VDC
7506637

Power consumption
2030VDC
1.5W
Input circuits
Input circuits
Voltage input

thermocouple
Ni100
Pt100
mV signals
Pt100 (IEC 751), NI100 (DIN 43760), 2-
und 3-Leiter-Technik, nach Gost: Pt100,
Cu50, Cu53, Cu100, CuZn100
0.2mA
(DIN 43710), acc. to Gost: L, M, A1, A2,
A3
-0.160+0.160VDC
Output circuits
Fault current
0.6k
0 / 22mA adjustable
RTD
Ni100
Probe current
Thermoelements

Rise time (10-90%)
1000ms
1000ms
23 C
20A
0.0025%/K
3m/K
3.2V / K (of 320mV)
Accuracy RTD input
50m
Accuracy TC input
15V
compensation
wiring
4-wire < 50m
with IM-3-CJT < 1K
Protection type
Operating concept
Parametrizable via PC
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
5V
2.5mA
3mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
negligibly small

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
100
2
Application area
Protection type
IIB
100
9,1
II 3 G

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
100
3.6
IIB
100
18
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
3mW
2.5mA
5V
TV 06 ATEX 552978 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV

Rated voltage
250V
Indication
Error indication
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
green
red
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 18 x 110mm
137g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
179


Features

(1) D




easur
ing amplifier IM34-12EX-CRI is designed
Alternatively, Ni100/Pt100 in 2, 3 or 4-
wire-technology can be operated at the
measuring amplifiers input circuit. The


Output circuit: 0/420 mA, limit value
relay
Parametrized via PC (FDT/DTM)
HART

the thermocouple or as independent

measuring input.
The device has an additional relay o
ut
put to monitor over or underrange of a
limit value.
The following settings are available:
Connection mode (2, 3 and 4-wire
technology)
Lower limit
Dimensions
Upper limit
Limit value
wire-break

22mA
compensation

104
89
Pwr
1

PC-Connect
IM34-12Ex-CRi

180

110
18


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM34-12EX-CRI
7506632
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
Input circuits
Voltage input

thermocouple
Pt100
Ni100
mV signals
0.2mA
(DIN 43710)
-0.160+0.160VDC
Output circuits
Fault current
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
Output
0.6k
0 / 22mA adjustable
250 VAC/120 VDC
2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
1 x relays (NO)
Pt100
Ni100
Probe current
Thermoelements

Rise time (10-90%)
1000ms
1000ms
23 C
5A
0.0025%/K
3m/K
3.2V / K (of 320mV)
Accuracy RTD input
50m
Accuracy TC input
15V
compensation
wiring
4-wire < 50m
with IM-3-CJT < 1K
Protection type
Operating concept
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
5V
2.5mA

Characteristic
Rated voltage
3mW
linear
250V
negligibly small

Lo [mH]
Co [F]
EEx ia IIC
1000
100
Application area
Protection type
EEx ia IIB
1000
1000
II 3 G

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
100
3.6
IIB
100
18
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
3mW
2.5mA
5V
TV 06 ATEX 552978 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
green
yellow
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 18 x 110mm
152g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
181


Features

(1) D


easur
ing amplifier IM34-12EX-RI is designed
Alternatively, Ni100/Pt100 in 2, 3 or 4-
measuring amplifiers input circuit. The


Output circuit: 0/420 mA, limit value
relay
Upper and lower limit adjustable via
rotary coding switch

the thermocouple or as independent

measuring input.
The device has an additional relay o
ut
put to monitor over or underrange of a
limit value.
Measuring range, lower limit -100-
Dimensions
Load curve
1C in 1-K steps, upper limit 0990C

in 10-K steps
Limit value
Measuring rang upper limit
01990C in 10-K steps
The measuring range, limit value and Input circuit monitoring for
the device functions are set via rotary
wire-break
coding switches or rather slide switches.
The following settings are available:
22mA
Type of probe
compensation
Connection of the Ni100/Pt100 resis
tor in 2, 3 or 4-wire technology
Relay output mode

104
89
Pwr

110

18
IM34-12Ex-Ri


182


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM34-12EX-RI
7506631
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
Input circuits
Voltage input

thermocouple
Ni100
Pt100
mV signals
0.2mA
(DIN 43710)
-0.160+0.160VDC
Output circuits
Fault current
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
Output
0.6k
0 / 22mA adjustable
250 VAC/120 VDC
2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
1 x relays (NO)
Pt100
Ni100
Probe current
Thermoelements

Rise time (10-90%)
1000ms
1000ms
23 C
5A
0.0025%/K
3m/K
3.2V / K (of 320mV)
Accuracy RTD input
50m
Accuracy TC input
15V
compensation
wiring
4-wire < 50m
with IM-3-CJT < 1K
Protection type
Operating concept
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
5V

Characteristic
2.5mA
3mW
linear
negligibly small

Lo [mH]
Co [F]
EEx ia IIC
1000
100
Application area
Protection type
EEx ia IIB
1000
1000
II 3 G

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
100
3.6
IIB
100
18
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
3mW
2.5mA
5V
TV 06 ATEX 552978 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
yellow
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 18 x 110mm
156g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
183


Features

Intrinsically safe input circuit Ex ia

Monitors over and underrange of

analog values and window limits
Line monitoring
Parametrized via PC (FDT/DTM), front

panel switch or HART

Input for Pt100/ Ni100 resistors, varia
ble resistors, thermocouples and milli

volt s ignals
3 relay outputs


easur outputs for limit value relays. The meas
ing amplifier IM3414ExCDRi is
de ured value can be viewed on a 2-line
signed to evaluate the temperature-de display.
pendent changes of Ni100/Pt100
resistors and thermocouples types B, E, The measured value is permanently
J, K, L, N, R, S, T and to output them as written to a ring memory with space for
temperature-linear current signals 0/ 8000 values. The writing process is
420 mA. Furthermore, resistors,
po stopped with a predefined trigger event,
tentiometers or low voltages can be like for example limit value exceeded.
mapped linearly as current signals in a After that, the stored signal sequence
range between -160+160mV.
can be read out.

remotely via the current interface and
HART.
Cold junction compensation of thermo

couples is either realized via an external
ly connected Pt100/Ni100 resistor, via
temperature measured inside the ampli
fier or via an individually adjustable con
The device features one output for The device can be parametrized and stant temperature value.
analog signals 0/420 mA and three configured via PC (FDT/DTM). The
Dimensions
Load curve

104
89


IM34-14Ex-CDRi

110

27
PC-Connect


184


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM34-14EX-CDRI
7506634
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
3W
Input circuits
Input circuits
Nominal resistance
Voltage input

thermocouple
Ni100
Pt100
mV signals
0.2mA
(DIN 43710)
01.5
-0.160+0.160VDC
Output circuits
Fault current
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
Output
0.6k
0 / 22mA adjustable
250 VAC/120 VDC
2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
3 x relays (NO)
Pt100
Ni100
Probe current
Thermoelements

Rise time (10-90%)
1000ms
1000ms
23 C
5A
0.0025%/K
3m/K
3.2V / K (of 320mV)
Accuracy RTD input
50m
Accuracy TC input
15V
compensation
wiring
4-wire < 50m
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Operating concept
Application area
II (1) GD
5V

Characteristic
Rated voltage
9mA
11mW
linear
250V

EEx ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
5
2.9
Application area
Protection type
IIB
10
13
II 3 G
EEx nA nC [nL]

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
10
4.4
IIB
20
21
Characteristic
linear
11mW
9mA
5V
TV 05 ATEX 2889 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
95%
104 x 27 x 110mm
250g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
185

Temperature measuring amplifier IMS-TI width 6.2mm

Features

Temperature
measuring amplifier, 1-channel


amplifier IMS-TI-PT100/24V is designed
variations of Pt100 resistance tempera
ture detectors, to separate them galvan
ically and to output them as tempera
ture-linear voltage or current signals of
010V, 020mA or 420mA.
Alternatively, Pt100 resistors in 2, 3 or 4-
measuring amplifiers input circuit.
The number of Pt100 wires, the transfer
characteristic (020 mA, 420 mA or

Temperature probe PT100

Output circuit: 0/420mA or 010V
6.2 mm width

010 V) as well as the measuring range

are adjusted via DIP switch.
Wire-break and short-circuit are d
etect
ed. In the event of error, 12V or 22mA
are provided at the output and the error
is additionally signalled by the flashing
power LED .
The following measuring ranges can be
adjusted:
-50+150C
0+100C
0+200C
In the event of error (wire-break or

short-circuit), 12V or 22mA are provid
ed at the output and the error is addi
tionally signalled by the flashing power
LED.
The IM34 temperature measuring ampli
fiers from TURCK offer more solutions
for applications with other m
easuring
ranges and temperature probes.
Dimensions

186


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMS-TI-PT100/24V
7504012

Power consumption
Residual ripple
1929VDC
0.32W
5mVss
Input circuits
Pt100
-50150C; 0100C; 0200C

1000k
Output circuits
1k
0.4k
Limit frequency
Rise time (10-90%)
Measuring accuracy
Temperature drift
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
10Hz
30ms
30ms
0.3% of full scale
0.00015% / K
DIP switch
24 VDC
50V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
1.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-20+60C
114.5 x 6.2 x 90mm
60g
polycarbonate/ABS
screw terminals
2.5 mm2
187


Features
Intrinsically safe output circuits Ex ia

II(1)D; II3G


Power supply of intelligent actuators

via H
ART communication

Output circuit: 0/420mA,
intrinsically-safe
SIL2
The standard current signal is galvani
cally separated and transferred v ia the
1-channel isolating transducer
IM35
11EXHI/24VDC from the non-Ex area to
the Ex-area without attenuation (1:1). In
Typical applications are for example, the
control of I/P converters (at control In addition, the removable terminal

valves for example) or indicators in the blocks are equipped with 2mm test
Ex-area.
sockets for signal control.
The actuators are connected to the out
put terminals 1/2. Handheld Terminals
[HHT] can be connected to the output
and input terminals 7/10.
Dimensions

110
89

110
18
IM35-11Ex-Hi
24VDC

188


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM35-11EX-HI/24VDC
7506516
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
4.0 kV

Power consumption
1929VDC
2.2W
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
green
Input circuits
Current input
0/420mA
110
Output circuits
0.6k

Limit frequency
10Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
90ms
90ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA
Protection type
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
15.9V
60mA
470mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
Li=negligibly small; Ci=5nF
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
110 x 18 x 110mm
140g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
5
135
0,5
330
Application area
Protection type
IIB
10
860
0,5
2200
II 3 G
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci Li=negligibly small; Ci=5nF

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
5
290
0.5
640
Characteristic
Max. values:
IIB
10
1700
0.5
3900
trapezoidal
528
470mW
60mA
15.9V
TV 06 ATEX 553057 X
528
189


Features

110
1
0/4...20 mA
HART
0/4...20 mA
0/4...20 mA
8+
110
+4
P
I
10
HHT
II(1)D; II3G
7+
+1
HHT
HART
Pwr
GN
12
11 +
2
0/4...20 mA
via H
ART communication
Power

Output circuits: 0/420mA,
intrinsically-safe
SIL2
IM3522EX-HI/24VDC from the non-Ex area to
the Ex-area without attenuation (1:1). In
Typical applications are for example, the output and input terminals 7/10 and
control of I/P converters (at control 8/9.
valves for example) or indicators in the
Ex-area.
In addition, the removable terminal
blocks are equipped with 2mm test
The actuators are connected to the out sockets for signal control.
put terminal 1/2 and 4/5. Handheld Ter
minals [HHT] can be connected to the
Dimensions

110
89

110
18
IM35-22Ex-Hi
24VDC

190


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM35-22EX-HI/24VDC
7506515
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
4.0 kV

Power consumption
1929VDC
2.2W
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
green
Input circuits
Current input
0/420mA
110
Output circuits
0.6k

Limit frequency
10Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
90ms
90ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA
Protection type
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
15.9V
60mA
470mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
Li=negligibly small; Ci=5nF
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
110 x 18 x 110mm
163g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
5
135
0,5
330
Application area
Protection type
IIB
10
860
0,5
2200
II 3 G
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci Li=negligibly small; Ci=5nF

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
5
290
0.5
640
Characteristic
Max. values:
IIB
10
1700
0.5
3900
trapezoidal
528
470mW
60mA
15.9V
TV 06 ATEX 553057 X
528
191


Features

II(1)D; II3G

via H
ART communication


Output circuit: 0/420mA,
intrinsically-safe

IM3511EX-HI from the non-Ex area to the Exarea without attenuation (1:1). In a ddi
tion to analog signals, the isolating
control of I/P converters (at control In addition, the removable terminal

valves for example) or indicators in the blocks are equipped with 2mm test
Ex-area.
sockets for signal control.
The actuators are connected to the out
put terminals 1/2. Handheld Terminals
[HHT] can be connected to the output
and input terminals 16/17.
Dimensions

110
89

110
27
IM35-11Ex-Hi

192


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM35-11EX-HI
7506517
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
4.0 kV
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2W
Indication
green
Input circuits
Current input
0/420mA
110
Output circuits
0.6k
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
110 x 27 x 110mm
180g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Rise time (10-90%)
90ms
90ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA
Protection type
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
15.9V
59.5mA
467mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
Li negligible, Ci = 5.2 nF
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
5
0.135
1
0.285
Application area
Protection type
IIB
5
1.1
1
1.8
II 3 G
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci Li negligible, Ci = 5.2 nF

Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
5
0.285
1
0.515
Characteristic
Max. values:
IIB
5
2.1
1
3.2
trapezoidal
528
467mW
59.5mA
15.9V
IBEXU 08 ATEX B020 X
193


Features

via H
ART communication

II(1)D; II3G



Output circuits: 0/420mA,

intrinsically-safe

IM3522EX-HI from the non-Ex area to the Exarea without attenuation (1:1). In a ddi
tion to analog signals, the isolating
Typical applications are for example, the output and input terminals 16/17 and
control of I/P converters (at control 11/12.
Ex-area.
In addition, the removable terminal
blocks are equipped with 2mm test
The actuators are connected to the out sockets for signal control.
put terminals 1/2 and 6/7. Handheld ter
minals [HHT] can be connected to the
Dimensions

110
89

110
27

194


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM35-22EX-HI
7506518
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
4.0 kV
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2.7W
Indication
green
Input circuits
Current input
0/420mA
110
Output circuits
0.6k
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
110 x 27 x 110mm
201g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

Rise time (10-90%)
90ms
90ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0/420 mA
Protection type
Nominal voltage
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
terminal connection 1+2 / 6+7
15.9V
59.5mA
467mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
Li negligible, Ci = 5.2 nF
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
5
0.135
1
0.285
Application area
Protection type
IIB
5
1.1
1
1.8
II 3 G
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci Li negligible, Ci = 5.2 nF

Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
5
0.285
1
0.515
Characteristic
Max. values:
IIB
5
2.1
1
3.2
trapezoidal
528
467mW
59.5mA
15.9V
terminal connection 1+2 / 6+7
IBEXU 08 ATEX B020 X
195


Features

Application area acc. to ATEX: II (1) G
Transfer of potentiometer signals from

The 1-channel potentiometer amplifier

IM36-11EX-I/24VDC separates signals
from 3-wire or 5-wire potentiometers
and transfers these as standard 020
mA analog signals from the Ex area to
the non-Ex area. The resistance value of
the wiper contact is collected and p
ro
the explosion hazardous area
Potentiometer, nominal resistance:

0.820 k

Output circuit: 020 mA
cessed linearly in a range between 0

and the end value (see fig.).
A potentiomenter is defined by its n
omi
nal resistance. Any potentiometer can
be connected, provided the nominal r e
sistant is 800 20000 . Common po
tentiometers featuring a nominal resist

ance of 1 k or 10 k can therefore be
applied. The admissible line r esistance is
maximally 50 with a p
otentiometer re
sistance of 800 .
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

196


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM36-11EX-I/24VDC
7509525

Power consumption
1929VDC
2W
Input circuits
Input circuits
Cable resistance
Voltage on resistor
Nominal resistance
potentiometer
50
5VDC
0.820

Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Application area
II (1) G
Max. values:
13.8V
35mA
121mW
Characteristic
linear
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
EEx ia IIC
20,0
760
EEx ia IIB
100,0
4900
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+60C
104 x 18 x 110mm
136g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
197


Features

Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G
Rp 800...20000
4
7+
0...10 V
RL 1 k
1
8
0...Rp
2
5V
8,2 M
Pwr
GN

IM3611EXU/24VDC separates signals
from 3-wire or 5-wire potentiometers
and transfers these as standard 010V
analog signals from the Ex area to the
non-Ex area. The resistance value of the
wiper contact is processed linearly in a
11 +
12
0.820 k
Power
Output circuit: 010 V
range between 0 and the end value

(see fig.).
A potentiomenter is defined by its n
omi
sistant is 800 20000 . Common po
tentiometers featuring a nominal resist

ance of 1 k or 10 k can therefore be
applied. The admissible line r esistance is
maximally 50 with a p
otentiometer re
sistance of 800 .
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

198


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM36-11EX-U/24VDC
7509526

Power consumption
1929VDC
2W
Input circuits
Input circuits
Cable resistance
Voltage on resistor
Nominal resistance
potentiometer
50
5VDC
0.820

Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Application area
II (1) G
Max. values:
13.8V
35mA
121mW
Characteristic
linear
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
EEx ia IIC
20,0
760
EEx ia IIB
100,0
4900
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+60C
104 x 18 x 110mm
125g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
199


Rp = 0,8100 k
Features
1
16 +
2
1
0Rp
17
3
10 M
UB = 5 V
4
15
DZ/LZ
12
8
10 M
UB = 5 V
9
10
20
GN

IM3622EXI separates signals from 3-
wire or 5-wire potentiometers and t rans
fers these as standard 0/420 mA
analog signals from the Ex area to the
non-Ex area. Live-zero operation is a cti
vated for both channels through bridg
ing terminals 14 and 15. The resistance
value of the wiper contact is collected
and processed linearly in a range be
tween 0 and the p
otentiometers end
value (see fig.).
0/4...20 mA
2 (source)
RL 500
19
Pwr
(1) D; II 3 G
11 +

14
2
0Rp
0/4...20 mA
1 (source)
RL 500

0.8100 k
20250 VAC eff

20125 VDC
2,2 W
A potentiometer is defined by its nomi

sistance is 800 100000 . Common
potentiometers featuring a nominal re
sistance of 1 k or 10 k can be used.
The admissible line resistance is maxi
mally 50 with a potentiometer resist
ance of 800 .
ly for each channel. This is necessary to

protect the incremental p
otentiometer
from damage which can be caused by
critical rotating angles s maller than 5%
and greater than 95% of the absolute
rotational torque.
The incremental potentiometers start

and end point can be adjusted s eparate
104
16
11
Power
17
12
18
13
19
14
20
15
89
Pwr
1
End
Start
110
Zone 2: Do not disconnect when live !
27
IM36-22Ex-i
6
1
200
7
2
8
3
9
4
10
5

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM36-22EX-I
7509528
Indication
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Input circuits
Cable resistance
Voltage on resistor
Nominal resistance
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Potentiometer
50
5VDC
0.8100
Housing material

Rise time (10-90%)
35ms
40ms
Protection type
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
14.1V
40.6mA
143mW
Characteristic
linear
Li = 87 H; Ci = 15 nF
green
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 27 x 110mm
202g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
1
425
5
285
10
235
Application area
Protection type
IIB
1
2400
5
1700
10
1500
II 3 G
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci Li = 87 H; Ci = 15 nF

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
1
735
5
515
10
445
IIB
1
4300
5
3000
10
2700
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
143mW
40.6mA
14.1V
TV 12 ATEX 093479 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
201


Rp = 0,8100 k
Features
1
1
0Rp

16 +
2
17
3
1 010 V
RL 1 k
(1) D; II 3 G
10 M
UB = 5 V
4

5
6
2
0Rp
11 +
7
12
8
10 M
UB = 5 V
9
19
Pwr
10
20
GN

IM3622EXU separates signals from 3/5-
wire potentiometers and transfers these
as standard 010 V analog signals from
the Ex area to the non-Ex area. The re
sistance value of the wiper contact is
collected and processed linearly in a
range between 0 and the potentiome
ters end value (see fig.).
2 010 V
RL 1 k
0.8100 k
Output circuit: 010 V
20250 VAC eff

20125 VDC
2,2 W
A potentiometer is defined by its nomi

sistance is 800 100000 . Common
potentiometers featuring a nominal re
sistance of 1 k or 10 k can be used.
The admissible line resistance is maxi
mally 50 with a potentiometer resist
ance of 800 .
The incremental potentiometers start

and end point can be adjusted s eparate
ly for each channel. This is necessary to
protect the incremental p
otentiometer
from damage which can be caused by
critical rotating angles s maller than 5%
and greater than 95% of the absolute
rotational torque.
104
16
11
Power
17
12
18
13
19
14
20
15
89
Pwr
1
End
Start
110
Zone 2: Do not disconnect when live !
27
IM36-22Ex-U
6
1
202
7
2
8
3
9
4
10
5

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM36-22EX-U
7509530
Indication
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20125VDC
2.2W
Input circuits
Input circuits
Cable resistance
Voltage on resistor
Nominal resistance
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Potentiometer
50
5VDC
0.8100
Housing material

Rise time (10-90%)
35ms
40ms
Protection type
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
14.1V
40.6mA
143mW
Characteristic
linear
Li = 87 H; Ci = 15 nF
green
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 27 x 110mm
189g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
1
425
5
285
10
235
Application area
Protection type
IIB
1
2400
5
1700
10
1500
II 3 G
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci Li = 87 H; Ci = 15 nF

Ex ic
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
1
735
5
515
10
445
IIB
1
4300
5
3000
10
2700
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
143mW
40.6mA
14.1V
TV 12 ATEX 093479 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
203

limit value indicators IM43

Features


Monitors 3limit values at a current or

voltage input

Power supply of 2-wire or 3-wire trans

mitters/sensors
Input circuit: 0/420 mA; 0/210 V

Output circuit: 0/420 mA, three in

dependent limit value relays
Limit value relay adjusted via TEACH

button
Signal flow direction of relays adjusted

via buttons at the front

The limit value monitor IM43-14-SRI is a
1-channel device and monitors currents
0/420 mA or voltages 0/210 V ac
cording to over/underrange of limit
values.
a galvanically separated analog output

to other devices.
Live-zero signals are converted into

dead-zero through bridging terminals 5/
9. In live-zero mode the range between
The green LED indicates operational 420 mA is monitored. Any state out
readiness. Three yellow LEDs indicate side this range (< 3.6mA or > 24mA) is
the switching status of the correspond signalled with an error message. In this
case the power LED will illuminate red,
The three limit values are set via teach ing output.
buttons at the front.
the relays are de-energized and an error
The signal flow direction of the relays is current of > 22mA is output. If a faulty
Additionally 18 V (at max. 35 mA) are adjusted via bridges at terminals 5 to 8.
transmitter causes a short circuit, the re
provided for transmitters or sensors.
lays are de-energized and an error cur
The measured values are transferred via
rent of > 2
2mA is output.
Dimensions
Load curve

104
89

27

110


204


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM43-14-SRI
7540043
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20250VDC
5W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Voltage input
Current input
17V
35mA
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
0.6k
250 VAC/120 VDC
6 A
1500 VA
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
3 x relays (NO)
Temperature drift
Analog input
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
23 C
0.00075% / K
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
Teach button
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 27 x 110mm
172g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
205


Features




mitters/sensors


voltage input

Limit value relay adjusted via rotary

coding switches
Hysteresis and signal flow direction of

relays adjusted via DIP switch

The limit value monitor IM43-14-RI is a
values.

readiness. Three yellow LEDs indicate
the switching status of the correspond
ing output.
The three limit values are set via the lat

eral coded rotary switches.
signalled with an error message. In this

case the power LED will illuminate red,
the relays are de-energized and an error
current of > 22mA is output. If a faulty
transmitter causes a short circuit, the re
The signal flow direction of the relays lays are de-energized and an error cur
and the hysteresis are adjusted via DIP rent of > 2
2mA is output.
switches.
Additionally 18 V (at max. 35 mA) are

provided for transmitters or sensors.
The measured values are transferred via
a galvanically separated analog output
to other devices.
Live-zero signals are converted into

dead-zero through bridging terminals 5/
9. In live-zero mode the range between
420 mA is monitored. Any state out
side this range (< 3.6mA or > 24mA) is
Dimensions
Load curve

104
89

110
27


206


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM43-14-RI
7540042
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20250VDC
5W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Voltage input
Current input
17V
35mA
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
0.6k
250 VAC/120 VDC
6 A
1500 VA
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
3 x relays (NO)
Temperature drift
Analog input
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
23 C
0.00075% / K
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 27 x 110mm
179g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
207


Features



voltage input


mitters/sensors

Output circuit: 3 independent limit

value relays
Limit value relay adjusted via TEACH

button
Signal flow direction of relays adjusted

via buttons at the front

The limit value monitor IM43-13-SR is a
values.
The three limit values are set via teach
Additionally 18V (max. 35mA) are pro

vided for transmitters rep. sensors.
The signal flow direction of the relays is

adjusted via bridges at terminals 5 to 8.

ing output.
Dimensions
Load curve

104
89

27

110


208


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM43-13-SR
7540041
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20250VDC
5W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Voltage input
Current input
17V
35mA
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
250 VAC/120 VDC

6 A
1500 VA
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
3 x relays (NO)
Temperature drift
Analog input
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
23 C
0.00075% / K
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
Teach button
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 27 x 110mm
167g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
209


Features




mitters/sensors

Output circuit: 3 independent limit

voltage input

value relays
Limit value relay adjusted via rotary

coding switches
Hysteresis and signal flow direction of

relays adjusted via DIP switch

The limit value monitor IM43-13-R is a 1-
channel device and monitors currents 0/
420 mA or voltages 0/210 V accord
ing to over/underrange of limit values.
The three limit values are set via the lat
eral coded rotary switches.
Additionally 18V (max. 35mA) are pro

vided for transmitters rep. sensors.
ing output.
The signal flow direction of the relays

and the hysteresis are adjusted via DIP
switches.
Dimensions
Load curve

104
89

110
27

210


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM43-13-R
7540040
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20250VDC
5W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Voltage input
Current input
17V
35mA
0/210VDC
50k
0/420mA
50
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
250 VAC/120 VDC

6 A
1500 VA
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
3 x relays (NO)
Temperature drift
Analog input
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
23 C
0.00075% / K
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 27 x 110mm
170g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
211


Features


Monitors over and underrange of
analog values and window limits

Connection of passive 2-wire and ac

tive 3-wire transmitters
Parametrized via PC (FDT/DTM), front
panel switch and HART
Many diagnostic functions

Ring memory for up to 8000measured

values
Display


The 1-channel isolating transducer
IM4314CDRI is designed to operate 2-
wire transducers (III) and to galvanically
separate and transfer the measured s ig
nals. Alternatively, active 2-wire
trans
mitters (II) and passive 3-wire transmit
ters (I) can also be operated.
green LED indicates operational readi

ness, three yellow LEDs, one for each
output, indicate the switching status.
like for example excess of limit value.

After that, the stored signal sequence
can be read out.
rede
At each of the three outputs a p
fined setpoint value can be monitored
according to overshoot/undershoot. The
efined by pro
switching hysteresis is d
gramming the switch-on and switch-off
point. Furthermore, a
switch-off delay
can be set individually f or each output.

3.5
The three limit values are set via teach
matching t ransmission cable IM-PROGIII
A basic s cope of parameters can be set
uttons and display at the front or
via b
The device features one output for
analog signals 0/420 mA and three The measured value is permanently remotely via the current interface and
outputs for limit value relays. The unit of written to a ring memory with space for HART .
the measured value is freely selectable 8000 values. The writing process is
and indicated on a 2-line display. A stopped with a predefined trigger event,
Dimensions
Load curve

104
89

27

110


212


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM43-14-CDRI
7540045
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Residual ripple
20250 VAC
4070Hz
20250VDC
3W
10mVss
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Voltage input
Current input
17V
25mA
0/210VDC
0/420mA
Output circuits
Fault current
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
0 / 22mA adjustable
250 VAC/120 VDC
2 A
500 VA/60 W
10Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
3 x relays (NO)
Limit frequency
Measuring accuracy
Analog input
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
30Hz
0.05% of full scale
23 C
0.0025%/K
0/420 mA; 0/210 V
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 27 x 110mm
245g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material
213


Features
Intrinsically safe output circuits EEx ia

II3G
24 V (U1)
15 V (U2)
+1
1 +2
U1
U2
The solenoid drivers of series IM72-

11EX/L feature an intrinsically safe o
ut
put with limited current and voltage.
Thus making direct connection to loads
in the Ex-area possible.
11+
YE
put c ircuit
1 19...30 VDC
<3W
12
SIL3
Voltage input max. 30VDC
Voltage outuput 15VDC resp. 24VDC
Output current 40mA
Switching frequency 500Hz
potentially
explosive
atmospheresage indication (see output curve on n
ext
caused by dust or gas, provided they page) and are adapted to the valves of
comply with the applicable regulations.
different manufacturers.
Typical applications are the control of Ex

i pilot valves as well as the supply of d
is
Within the area of applicability of the plays and transmitters. The output val
European directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) it is ues of the two connections U1 and U2
permitted to operate connected loads in differ with respect to the no-load v olt
The loads can be controlled when pow

er is applied.
The switching status of the output is in
dicated by a yellow LED.
Dimensions

104
89

110
18
IM72-11Ex/L

214


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM72-11EX/L
7520703
Power consumption
Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
1.5W
Input circuits
0-signal
1-signal
Current
Voltage input
Current input
Input delay

U2=15V


Limit frequency
500Hz
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Nominal voltage
Loop-powered
Application area
II (1) GD
Ex approval acc. to conformity certificate TV 05 ATEX 2846 X
Max. values:
27V
96mA
678mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
negligibly small
IIC
0.68
62
0.5
70
Max. values:
Characteristic
IIB
13
260
2
300

17.6V
96mA
678mW
trapezoidal
negligibly small
IIC
1.2
0.13
0.5
0.15
Application area
Protection type
IIB
13.0
0.47
II 3 G
negligibly small
Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
0.68
120
678mW
96mA
17.6V
negligibly small
2.0
1.1
IIB
13
570
0.5
130
2
620

Max. values:
678mW
96mA
27V
TV 06 ATEX 553388 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
max.Output voltage Uo
max. Output current Io
max. Output power Po
Characteristic
27V
96mA
678mW
Trapezoidal
Characteristic
17.6V
96mA
678mW
trapezoidal
Approval
SIL 3
Indication
Switching state
yellow
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 18 x 110mm
127g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

EEx ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
2.0
2.1

EEx ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIB
13
1
0.5
0.42

Max. values:
05VDC
1930VDC
40mA
max. 30VDC
45mA
2ms
Output circuits
Output circuits
Output voltage
Output curve
IIC
1.2
0.37
215


Features
Intrinsically safe output circuits EEx ia

II3G
+1
1 +2
24 V (U1)
15 V (U2)
U2
3
+4
2 +5
U1
11 +
YE
12
put c ircuits
19...30 VDC
< 3W
U1
U2
The solenoid drivers of series IM72-

22EX/L feature an intrinsically safe o
ut
put with limited current and voltage.
Thus making direct connection to loads
in the Ex-area possible.
8+
YE
SIL3
Voltage input max. 30VDC
Voltage outuput 15VDC resp. 24VDC
Output current 40mA
potentially
explosive
atmospheresage indication (see output curve on n
ext
caused by dust or gas, provided they page) and are adapted to the valves of
different manufacturers.

is
Within the area of applicability of the plays and transmitters. The output val
European directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) it is ues of the two connections U1 and U2
permitted to operate connected loads in differ with respect to the no-load v olt
The loads can be controlled when pow

er is applied.
The switching status of the related o
ut
put is indicated by a yellow LED.
Dimensions

104
89

110
18

216


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM72-22EX/L
7520702
Power consumption
Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
2.2W
Input circuits
0-signal
1-signal
Current
Voltage input
Current input
Input delay

U2=15V


Limit frequency
500Hz
Protection type
[EEx ia] IIC
Nominal voltage
Loop-powered
Application area
II (1) GD
Max. values:
27V
96mA
678mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
negligibly small
IIC
0.68
62
0.5
70
Max. values:
Characteristic
IIB
13
260
2
300

17.6V
96mA
678mW
trapezoidal
negligibly small
IIC
1.2
0.13
0.5
0.15
Application area
Protection type
IIB
13.0
0.47
II 3 G
negligibly small
Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
0.68
120
678mW
96mA
17.6V
negligibly small
2.0
1.1
IIB
13
570
0.5
130
2
620

Max. values:
678mW
96mA
27V
TV 06 ATEX 553388 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Characteristic
27V
96mA
678mW
Trapezoidal
Characteristic
17.6V
96mA
678mW
trapezoidal
Approval
SIL 3
Indication
Switching state
yellow
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 18 x 110mm
137g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
MTTF
Housing material

EEx ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
2.0
2.1

EEx ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIB
13
1
0.5
0.42

Max. values:
05VDC
1930VDC
40mA
max. 30VDC
45mA
2ms
Output circuits
Output circuits
Output voltage
Output curve
IIC
1.2
0.37
217

Relay couplers IM73

Features

put c ircuit
250 VAC / 5 A
SIL 3
250 VAC / 5 A

SIL3
Output circuit: 2 relays each with a
24
22
changeover contact
A1 184...276 VAC
21
5A switching current at 250VAC

Operating voltage 184276 VAC
14
YE
12
A2 15 mA
11

230VAC is used as a coupling module, to
ensure reliable galvanic separation of bi
nary signals.
Two synchronous controlled relays, each
with one changover contact are p
rovid
ed at the output.
If applied in SIL-3 circuits, the following

conditions have to be observed:
If the output relay triggers a contactor
directly, the contactor must be
equipped with a protective circuitry at
the coil connection.
Both relays have to be connected in
series.
The contact circuit is equipped with a
fuse and is activated when 60% of the

nominal current are achieved.
The status of the relay is indicated via

LED at the front.
Dimensions

load curve
Factor
nom.
10
5
104
89
AC
resistive
load
1
0,5
110

0,2
18
0,1
10 20
DC
resistive
load
50 100 200 500 [V]

218

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM73-12-R/230VAC
7520511
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
184276 VAC
4862Hz
3.5VA
Input circuits
Current input
15mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
250 VAC
5 A
2000 VA/180 W
5Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
230VAC
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 3
Indication
Switching state
yellow
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
MTTF
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 18 x 110mm
124g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
6000years acc. to SN 29500 (Ed. 99)
40C
219

Relay couplers IM73

Features

put c ircuit
250 VAC / 5 A
SIL 3
250 VAC / 5 A

SIL3
Output circuit: 2 relays each with a
24
22
changeover contact
A1 19...29 VUC
21
5 A switching current at 250VAC

Operating voltage 1929 VDC
14
YE
12
A2 25 mA
11

24VUC is used as a coupling module, to
ensure reliable galvanic separation of bi
nary signals.
Two synchronous controlled relays, each
with one changover contact are p
rovid
ed at the output.
If applied in SIL-3 circuits, the following

conditions have to be observed:
If the output relay triggers a contactor
directly, the contactor must be
equipped with a protective circuitry at
the coil connection.
Both relays have to be connected in
series.
The contact circuit is equipped with a
fuse and is activated when 60% of the

nominal current are achieved.
The status of the relay is indicated via

LED at the front.
Dimensions

Factor
nom.
10

load curve
104
89
AC
resistive
load
1
0,5
110

0,2
18
0,1
10 20
DC
resistive
load
50 100 200 500 [V]

220

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM73-12-R/24VUC
7520712
Frequency
Power consumption
4862Hz
1929VDC
0.6VA
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
1929 VAC/VDC
25mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Contact quality
Output circuits
250 VAC
5 A
2000 VA/180 W
5Hz
AgNi, 3 Au
Nominal voltage
Rated voltage
24 VUC
250V
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 3
Indication
Switching state
yellow
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
MTTF
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 18 x 110mm
121g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
10000years acc. to SN 29500 (Ed. 99)
40C
221

Relay couplers IM73

Features

II(1)D; II3G

put c ircuits

Relay coupler for switching of intrinsi

cally safe and current limited circuits

High-quality reed relays with rhodium

contacts
Switching frequency up to 50Hz
The 2-channel relay coupler IM73-22Ex-

R/24VUC is designed to switch intrinsi
cally safe circuits and to
galvanically
separate contact and control circuitry
according to EN 60079-11.
The status of the relays is via LEDs at the
front.
With 50Hz the reed relay switching fre

quency is significantly higher than that
of standard relays.
quency and the admissible contact

ratings.
The reed relays with rhodium contacts

are suited for general control tasks, e s
pecially when standard types cannot be
used due to the required switching fre
Dimensions

104
89
110
18
IM73-22Ex-R
24VUC

222


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM73-22Ex-R/24VUC
7520513
Frequency
Power loss, typical
4862Hz
1030VDC
0.94W
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
Output circuits
Contact quality
Output circuits
1030 VAC/VDC
30mA
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
28 VDC
240 mA
7 W
AgNi, 3 Au
MTTF
IP20
-25+70C
104 x 18 x 110mm
129g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
connection
1 x 2.5mm2 / 2 x 1.5mm2
2000years acc. to SN 29500 (Ed. 99)
40C

Limit frequency
50Hz
Protection type
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Ex approval acc. to conformity certificate BVS 03 ATEX E 335
Rated voltage
250V
28V
240mA
7000mW
Max. input power Pi
negligibly small
Application area
Protection type
II 3 G

Max. input power Pi
Max. values:
Max. values:
7000mW
240mA
28V
terminal connection 1+2+3 / 4+5+6
Turck Ex-06007M X
terminal connection 1+2+3 / 4+5+6
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
1.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
yellow
223

Power supplies IM82

Features
Safety extra-low voltage SELV IEC/

EN60950
/+ L
Rdy
5V
2,2 k
0,5 W
5,1 V
0,3 W
+
+
24 VDC
2,5 A

High efficiency
Natural air cooling
Power-good relay
Output voltage adjustable 2428
DC ON
/ N
GN
85...264 VAC
90...375 VDC
VDC
Nominal current 2.5 A

Single/parallel operation
Surge protection
The IM82-24-2,5 power supply is

de
signed for DC loads, especially for
switching and monitoring devices of the
TURCK interface module series IM, IME,
IMB, IMS and IMC.
The power supply provides 24VDC out The power supply can be set to single or
put voltage and 2.5 A output current. parallel operating mode (with d
ecou
With the potentiometer Vout the output pling diode).
voltage can be adjusted in a range b
e
tween 2428 VDC. The device p
rovides
safety extra-low voltage (SELV) a ccord
ing to EN 60950.
Dimensions

Derating

Pout [%]
100
75
90

114
0
-25
40,5

Short-circuit behaviour

parallel connection

VO
+ VO
Rdy

224
60 70 [C]

Rdy
54321
54321
678
678
NL
NL

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM82-24-2,5
7545041
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Power loss, typical
External fuse
Internal fuse
inrush current
Mains buffering
85264 VAC
4763Hz
90370VDC
83VA
8.8W
B5A
T2A/250VAC
Ui=115VAC, 20A; Ui=230VAC, 40A
Ui=115VAC, 20ms; Ui= 230VAC, 30ms
Output circuits
Nominal voltage
Adjustment range
Nominal current
Output circuits
Switching voltage
Surge limiting
Overload protection
Parallel mode
Ripple
Pollution degree
Surge category
24V
2428V
2.5A
35 mA
circuit proof), > 18.819.6 V
24 VDC
35 mA
125-138 %
110-150%
yes, via diods
50mV
2
II
Hiccup mode
Limit frequency
Nominal voltage
80000Hz
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
3.0 kV
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Derating
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
-2.5%/C from 60C
95%
90 x 40.5 x 114mm
401g
plastic
screw terminals
0.22.0 mm2
225

Power supplies IM82

Features
Class 1, Div 2
EN60950
Rdy
+
22,5 ... 28,5 VDC +
5A
(max. 120 W)
DC ON
/ N
GN
DC LOW
/+ L

High efficiency
Natural air cooling
Power-good relay
Output voltage adjustable 22.528.5
90 ... 132 VAC

180 ... 264 VAC
210 ... 370 VDC
RD
VDC
Nominal current 5 A
Surge protection
The IM82-24-5.0 power supply is
de
IMB, IMS and IMC.
put voltage and 5.0 A output current. parallel operating mode.
With the potentiometer Vout the output
e
tween 22.528.5 VDC. The device pro
vides safety extra-low voltage (SELV) a c
cording to EN 60950.
Dimensions
Derating

Pout [%]

100
143,5
75
124,5

116,6

64

226
0
-25
60 70 [C]
parallel connection
VO
+ VO
Rdy
Rdy
654321
654321
789
789
LN
LN

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM82-24-5,0
7545042
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
PFC
External fuse
Internal fuse
inrush current
Mains buffering
90132 VAC and 186264 VAC

4773Hz
210370VDC
145VA
0.7
B5A
T3,15A/250VAC
Output circuits
Nominal voltage
Adjustment range
Nominal current
Output circuits
Surge limiting
Overload protection
Parallel mode
Ripple
Pollution degree
Surge category
24V
22.528.5V
5A
60 VDC
300 mA
relay (NO), > 17.6 19.4V
125-145 %
105-145%
yes, switchover initiated by a switch,
max. 3 devices each with 90% load
current
50mV
2
II
Current limiting
Limit frequency
Nominal voltage
80000Hz
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
3.0 kV
Indication
Error indication
green
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Derating
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
-2.5%/C from 60C
95%
143.5 x 64 x 116.6mm
1006g
metal
screw terminals
0.22.0 mm2
227

Power supplies IM82

Features
Class 1, Div 2
EN60950
Rdy
+
22,5 ... 28,5 VDC +
10 A
(max. 240 W)
DC ON
/ N
GN
DC LOW
/+ L

High efficiency
Natural air cooling
Power-good relay
93 ... 132 VAC

180 ... 264 VAC
210 ... 370 VDC
RD
VDC
Nominal current 10 A
Surge protection
The IM82-24-10 power supply is d
e
IMB, IMS and IMC.
put voltage and 10 A output current. parallel operating mode.
With the potentiometer Vout the output
e
Dimensions

Derating
Pout [%]

100

75
124,5

116,6
83,5


228
0
-25
60 70 [C]
parallel connection
VO
+ VO
Rdy
Rdy
654321
654321
789
789
LN
LN

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM82-24-10
7545043
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
PFC
External fuse
Internal fuse
inrush current
Mains buffering
90132 VAC and 186264 VAC

4773Hz
210370VDC
276VA
0.7
B10A, C6A
T6,3A/250VAC
Output circuits
Nominal voltage
Adjustment range
Nominal current
Output circuits
Surge limiting
Overload protection
Parallel mode
Ripple
Pollution degree
Surge category
24V
22.528.5V
10A
60 VDC
300 mA
relay (NO), > 17.6 19.4V
120-145 %
110-150%
current
100mV
2
II
Current limiting
Limit frequency
Nominal voltage
40000Hz
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
3.0 kV
Indication
Error indication
green
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Derating
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
-2.5%/C from 60C
95%
124.5 x 83.5 x 116.6mm
1493g
metal
screw terminals
0.22.0 mm2
229

Power supplies IM82

Features
Class 1, Div 2
EN60950
Rdy
+
22,5 ... 28,5 VDC +
20 A
(max. 480 W)
DC ON
/+ L
GN
DC LOW
/ N

High efficiency
Parallel operation
Natural air cooling
Power-good relay
90 ... 264 VAC

120 ... 370 VDC
RD
VDC
Nominal current 20 A
Surge protection
The IM82-24-20 power supply is d
e
IMB, IMS and IMC.
put voltage and 20 A output current. parallel operating mode.
With the potentiometer Vou the output
e
Dimensions
Derating
Pout [%]
100
IM82-24-20
62,5
124,5
DC ON
DC LOW
Rdy + +
parallel
Vout
0
-40
single
116,6
175,5

parallel connection

789 123456
N L Rdy

230
56 70 [C]

789
123456
N L Rdy
VO
+ VO

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IM82-24-20
7545044
Operating voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Power loss, typical
PFC
External fuse
Internal fuse
inrush current
Mains buffering
90264 VAC
4763Hz
120370VDC
564VA
63W
0.99
B16A
T10A/250VAC
Output circuits
Nominal voltage
Adjustment range
Nominal current
Output circuits
Surge limiting
Overload protection
Parallel mode
Ripple
Pollution degree
Surge category
24V
22.528.5V
20A
60 VDC
300 mA
relay (NO), > 17.6 19.4V
125-137 %
120-140 %
current
100mV
2
II
Current limiting
Limit frequency
Nominal voltage
60000Hz
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
3.0 kV
Indication
Error indication
green
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Derating
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
4%/C from 61C
95%
124.5 x 175.5 x 116.6mm
2319g
metal
screw terminals
0.26.0 mm2
231


Features
Application area acc. to ATEX: II1G,

II1D
IECEx
Nominal voltage 24VDC
For a floating signal circuit in 2-wire
technology
IEC category: C1 / C2 / C3 / D1
UL
SIL2
Flammability class V-0
The IMSP-1X2-24 is a surge protection The devices are IP20 protected and can
module, designed for the MSR technolo be installed in Ex as well as non-Ex areas.
gy. It protects one 24V operated float
ing signal conductors.
The 6.2mm housing can be mounted on

DIN rail acc. to DIN NS35.
Dimensions

232

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMSP-1x2-24
7504050
Nominal voltage Un
IEC category
Surge arrester, rated voltage Uc
24 VDC
C1; C2; C3; D1
25 VAC / 36VDC
350 mA
Active current Ic with given Uc

Leakage current acc. to PE with given Uc
Nominal discharge surge current In (8/20)
s (core-core)
s (core-ground)
Discharge surge current Imax (8/20)s
(core-to-core)
(core-to-earth)
Nominal pulse current Ian (10/1000) s
(core-core)
(core-ground)
Lightning test current (10/350)s, peak
current Iimp
2 A
2 A
5 kA
Output voltage limitation 1kV/s

(core-to-core)
Output voltage limitation 1kV/s (core-to-
earth)
Residual voltage In (core-to-core)
Residual voltage Ian (core-to-core)
60 V
Protection level UP C2 - 10 kV/5 kA

(core-core)
Protection level UP C3 - 10 A (core-core)
Protection level UP D1 - 500 A (core-core)
Protection level UP C1 - 500V/250 A (core-
ground)
Protection level UP C2 - 10 kV/5 kA (core-
ground)
Protection level UP D1 - 500 A (core-
ground)
5 kA
20 kA
1 kA
10 kA
10 kA
50 A
50 A
500 A
650 V
70 V
50 V
Surge protection acc. to IEC 61643-21

(core-to-core)
(core-to-earth)
AC protection acc. to IEC 61643-21
Standards for air and creepage distances
Standards/Regulations
Flammability class acc. to UL 94
C2 (10 kV / 5 kA); C3 (25 A)

C2 (10 kV / 5 kA); C3 (25 A); D1 (500 A)
5A-1s
IEC 60664-1 / EN60079-11
IEC 61643-21 / DIN EN 61643-21
V-0

Protection type
Ex ia IIC T4T6; Ex iaD 20 T85C
T135C
Application area
II 1 G, II 1 D
Ex approval acc. to conformity certificate DEKRA 11 ATEX 0016 X
Max. values:
terminal connection 5+7 and 6+8
36V
350mA
3000mW
Max. input power Pi
Li = 1 H, Ci = 1.3 nF
Approval
SIL 2
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-40+80C
93.1 x 6.2 x 102.5mm
43g
plastic
screw terminals
2.5 mm2
70 V (C2 - 10 kV / 5 kA)
50 V (C3 - 10 A)
80 V (D1 -500 A)
650 V (C1 - 500V / 250 A)
700 V (C2 - 10kV / 5 kA)
700 V (D1 - 500 A)
Response time tA (core-to-core)

Response time tA (core-to-earth)
1 ns
100 ns
Insertion loss aE, sym.

Cutoff frequency fg (3dB), asym. (GND)
50 system
150 system
Capacitance
Resistance per path
Required backup fuse, max.
Typ 0,7 dB (1 MHz / 50 )

Typ. 0,3 dB (350 MHz / 150)
Typ. 6 MHz
Typ. 2 MHz
1.3 nF (per path)
3,3 20%
315 mA
233


Features

II1D
IECEx
For 2 floating signal circuits in 2-wire
technology
UL
SIL2
The IMSP-2X2-24 is a surge protection The devices are IP20 protected and can
gy. It protects two floating 2-wire signal
conductors.

Dimensions

234

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMSP-2x2-24
7504051
Nominal voltage Un
IEC category
24 VDC
C1; C2; C3; D1
25 VAC / 36VDC
350 mA

s (core-core)
s (core-ground)
(core-to-core)
(core-to-earth)
(core-core)
(core-ground)
current Iimp
2 A
4 A
5 kA

(core-to-core)
earth)
60 V
Protection level UP C2 - 10 kV/5 kA

(core-core)
Protection level UP C3 - 10 A (core-core)
Protection level UP D1 - 500 A (core-core)
ground)
ground)
ground)
5 kA
20 kA
2 kA
10 kA
10 kA
50 A
50 A
500 A
650 V
70 V
50 V

(core-to-core)
(core-to-earth)
C2 (10 kV / 5 kA); C3 (25 A)

C2 (10 kV / 5 kA); C3 (25 A); D1 (500 A)
5A-1s
IEC 60664-1 / EN60079-11
IEC 61643-21 / DIN EN 61643-21
V-0

Protection type
T135C
Application area
II 1 G, II 1 D
Max. values:
36V
350mA
3000mW
Max. input power Pi
Li = 1 H, Ci = 1.3 nF
Approval
SIL 2
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-40+80C
93.1 x 6.2 x 102.5mm
54g
plastic
screw terminals
2.5 mm2
70 V (C2 - 10 kV / 5 kA)
50 V (C3 - 10 A)
80 V (D1 -500 A)
650 V (C1 - 500V / 250 A)
700 V (C2 - 10kV / 5 kA)
700 V (D1 - 500 A)

1 ns
100 ns

50 system
150 system
Capacitance
Resistance per path
Typ 0,7 dB (1 MHz / 50 )

Typ. 0,3 dB (350 MHz / 150)
Typ. 6 MHz
Typ. 2 MHz
1.3 nF (per path)
3,3 20%
315 mA
235


Features

II1D
IECEx
For 2 floating signal conductors
UL
SIL2
The IMSP-2-12 is a surge protection The devices are IP20 protected and can
gy. It protects two 12V operated float

Dimensions

236

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMSP-2-12
7504054
Nominal voltage Un
IEC category
12 VDC
C1; C2; C3; D1
13 VAC / 18VDC
500 mA

s (core-core)
s (core-ground)
(core-to-core)
(core-to-earth)
(core-core)
(core-ground)
current Iimp
2 A (per path)
2 A
350 A

(core-to-core)
earth)
core)
50 V
Protection level UP C1 - 500V/250 A

(core-ground)
ground)
ground)
5 kA
20 kA
1 kA
350 A

(core-to-earth)
C2 (10 kV / 5 kA); C3 (25 A); D1 (500 A)

5A-1s
IEC 60664-1 / EN60079-11
IEC 61643-21 / DIN EN 61643-21
V-0

Protection type
T135C
Application area
II 1 G, II 1 D
Max. values:
18V
500mA
635mW
Max. input power Pi
Li = 1 H, Ci = 3 nF
10 kA
70 A
50 A
500 A
650 V
50 V
50 V
50 V (C1-500 V / 250 A)
Approval
SIL 2
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-40+80C
93.1 x 6.2 x 102.5mm
43g
plastic
screw terminals
2.5 mm2
650 V (C1 - 500V / 250 A)

650 V (C2 - 10 kV / 5 kA)
700 V (D1 - 500 A)

1 ns
100 ns

50 system
150 system
Capacitance
Resistance per path
(core-to-core)
Typ 0,1 dB (1 MHz / 50 )

Typ. 0,1 dB (300 kHz / 150 )
Typ. 5 MHz
Typ. 1,5 MHz
1.5 nF (per channel)
0
500 mA
C1 (500 V / 250 A); C3 (25 A)
237


Features

II1D
IECEx
UL
SIL2
gy. It protects two 24V operated float
Slim design 6.2mm, for DIN rail mount

ing acc. to DIN NS35.
Dimensions

238

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMSP-2-24
7504052
Nominal voltage Un
IEC category
24 VDC
C1; C2; C3; D1
25 VAC / 36VDC
500 mA

s (core-core)
s (core-ground)
(core-to-core)
(core-to-earth)
(core-core)
(core-ground)
current Iimp
2 A (per path)
2 A
250 A

(core-to-core)
earth)
core)
60 V
Protection level UP C3 - 10 A (core-

core)
ground)
ground)
ground)
5 kA
10 kA
1 kA
250 A
10 kA

(core-to-core)
(core-to-earth)
C1 (500 V / 250 A); C3 (25 A)

C2 (10 kV / 5 kA); C3 (25 A); D1 (500 A)
5A-1s
IEC 60664-1 / EN60079-11
IEC 61643-21 / DIN EN 61643-21
V-0

Protection type
T135C
Application area
II 1 G, II 1 D
Max. values:
36V
500mA
635mW
Max. input power Pi
Li = 1 H, Ci = 1.3 nF
50 A
50 A
500 A
650 V
60 V
60 V
60 V (C1 - 500V / 250 A)
Approval
SIL 2
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-40+80C
93.1 x 6.2 x 102.5mm
43g
plastic
screw terminals
2.5 mm2
60 V (C3 - 10 A)
650 V (C1 - 500V / 250 A)
650 V (C2 - 10 kV / 5 kA)
700 V (D1 - 500 A)

1 ns
100 ns

50 system
100 system
Capacitance
Resistance per path
Typ 0,1 dB (1 MHz / 50 )

Typ. 0,1 dB (450 kHz / 150 )
Typ. 7,5 MHz
Typ. 2,5 MHz
1.3 nF (per path)
0
500 mA
239


Features

II1D
IECEx
UL
SIL2
gy. It protects four 24V operated float

Dimensions

240

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMSP-4-24
7504053
Nominal voltage Un
IEC category
24 VDC
C1; C2; C3; D1
25 VAC / 36VDC
500 mA

s (core-core)
s (core-ground)
(core-to-core)
(core-to-earth)
(core-core)
(core-ground)
current Iimp
2 A (per path)
4 A
250 A

(core-to-core)
earth)
core)
60 V

core)
ground)
ground)
ground)
5 kA
20 kA
2 kA
250 A
10 kA

(core-to-core)
(core-to-earth)
C1 (500 V / 250 A); C3 (25 A)

C2 (10 kV / 5 kA); C3 (25 A); D1 (500 A)
5A-1s
IEC 60664-1 / EN60079-11
IEC 61643-21 / DIN EN 61643-21
V-0

Protection type
T135C
Application area
II 1 G, II 1 D
Max. values:
36V
500mA
550mW
Max. input power Pi
Li = 1 H, Ci = 2.5 nF
50 A
50 A
500 A
650 V
60 V
60 V
60 V (C1 - 500V / 250 A)
Approval
SIL 2
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-40+80C
93.1 x 6.2 x 102.5mm
52g
plastic
screw terminals
2.5 mm2
60 V (C3 - 10 A)
650 V (C1 - 500V / 250 A)
650 V (C2 - 10 kV / 5 kA)
700 V (D1 - 500 A)

1 ns
100 ns

50 system
100 system
Capacitance
Resistance per path
Typ 0,1 dB (1 MHz / 50 )

Typ. 0,1 dB (450 kHz / 150 )
Typ. 7,5 MHz
Typ. 2,5 MHz
1.3 nF (per path)
0
500 mA
241


Features

II1D
IECEx
UL
SIL2
gy. It protects four 12V operated float
Slim design 6.2mm, for DIN rail mount

ing acc. to DIN NS35.
Dimensions

242

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMSP-4-12
7504055
Nominal voltage Un
IEC category
12 VDC
C1; C2; C3; D1
13 VAC / 18VDC
500 mA

s (core-core)
s (core-ground)
(core-to-core)
(core-to-earth)
(core-core)
(core-ground)
current Iimp
2 A (per path)
4 A
350 A

(core-to-core)
earth)
core)
50 V

core)
ground)
ground)
ground)
5 kA
20 kA
2 kA
350 A
10 kA

(core-to-core)
(core-to-earth)
C1 (500 V / 250 A); C3 (25 A)

C2 (10 kV / 5 kA); C3 (25 A); D1 (500 A)
5A-1s
IEC 60664-1 / EN60079-11
IEC 61643-21 / DIN EN 61643-21
V-0

Protection type
T135C
Application area
II 1 G, II 1 D
Max. values:
18V
500mA
550mW
Max. input power Pi
Li = 1 H, Ci = 6 nF
70 A
50 A
500 A
650 V
50 V
50 V
50 V (C1-500 V / 250 A)
Approval
SIL 2
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-40+80C
93.1 x 6.2 x 102.5mm
52g
plastic
screw terminals
2.5 mm2
50 V (C3 - 10 A)
650 V (C1 - 500V / 250 A)
650 V (C2 - 10 kV / 5 kA)
700 V (D1 - 500 A)

1 ns
100 ns

50 system
150 system
Capacitance
Resistance per path
Typ 0,1 dB (1 MHz / 50 )

Typ. 0,1 dB (300 kHz / 150 )
Typ. 5 MHz
Typ. 1,5 MHz
1.5 nF (per channel)
0
500 mA
243

Backplane IMB-BP
Features

Backplane for Yokogawa Centum

Backplane without active electronic

components, no approval required
Up to 32 channels per backplane and
up to 36 backplanes per control

cabinet
Hot-swappable cards for easy and
comfortable maintenance
Integrated concept of redundancy, re
dundant connection to the control
system via two slots for I/O signals
To parametrize HART field devices
plug a HART multiplexer directly
above the second hookup for the con
trol cable or use an Y-junction

Up to eight interface cards have space

on the 176 x 208mm IMB (Interfac
emodul Backplane): I/O modules, HART
transmissible analog cards and DTM par
ametrizable temperature measuring am
plifiers. Up to 32 digital or 16 analog in
puts and outputs can be arranged on
the backplane. The I/O channels are g
al
vanically separated by the interface
cards.
The backplane is a purely passive instal
lation unit for the implementation o
f I/O
solutions. There are no active compo
nents on it because the failure of o
ne of
these would impair the function of the
entire parting plane. Each interface card

is additionally safeguarded.
The backplane accommodates the e n
tire connection level of the IMB system:
There are 8 slots for the interface cards
as well as connections for the inputs,
outputs, system cable and power sup
ply. The intrinsically safe field circuits are
connected via screw terminals; the con
trol system is c onnected via ready-made
system cables.
two power supply modules are securely

separated. Two removable terminal
blocks are available on the backplane
for power supply.
The IMB interface cards are equipped
with a power-on/off LED and some also
feature status LEDs.
The backplane is snapped on the DIN

rail with an adapter acc. to DIN EN 60715
TH35 and can be aligned either horizon
tally or vertically. Alternatively, the back
The IMB can be supplied redundantly plane can be mounted directly on a sup
via two separate power units. The elec port plate with four screws.
tronics on the cards ensures that the
Dimensions

244


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IMB-BP-8-Y-R
7570001
IP20
-25+70C
176 x 120 x 208mm
1714g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
245

Backplane IMB-BP
Features

Backplane for Emerson Delta V



cabinet
Hookup for a HART multiplexer to
parametrize
HART field devices via Y-junction


al
cards.
f I/O
ne of

system cables.

for power supply.

Dimensions

246


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IMB-BP-8-E
7570020
IP20
-25+70C
176 x 120 x 208mm
1720g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
247

Backplane IMB-BP
Features

Backplane for Honeywell C300 input

signals



cabinet
parametrize


al
cards.
f I/O
ne of

system cables.

for power supply.

Dimensions

248


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IMB-BP-8-H-IN
7570021
IP20
-25+70C
176 x 120 x 208mm
1727g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
249

Backplane IMB-BP
Features

Backplane for Honeywell C300 output

signals



cabinet
parametrize


al
cards.
f I/O
ne of

system cables.

for power supply.

Dimensions

250


Technical data
Type
Ident no.
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IMB-BP-8-H-OUT
7570022
IP20
-25+70C
176 x 120 x 208mm
1714g
panel
polycarbonate/ABS
251


(1) D

proof

SIL2

fer of intrinsically safe, binary signals


Isolating switching amplifier for trans

Features

Common alarm output

Input circuit monitoring of wire-break

and short-circuit

The four-channel isolating switching Each output circuit features one short
amplifier IMBDI451ExP/24VDC iscircuit proof PNP transistor and
addi
equipped with intrinsically safe input tionally a common alarm output. When
using mechanical contacts, resistors (II)
circuits.
or resistor modules WM 1must be wired
Sensors according to EN 6094756 (NA to the contacts (see circuit diagram).
potential free contactors.

dual color LED changes to red. As a re
sult, the output and the alarm t ransistor
are inhibited.
The module features a passive alarm.
The alarm message is cleared as soon as
all slots are assigned.
Dimensions

252

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMB-DI-451Ex-P/24VDC
7570002

Power consumption
Power loss, typical
2030VDC
2W
1.55W
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
EN-60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
0.1mA
green
yellow
red
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
118 x 18 x 103mm
130g
Mounting and operation only in
conjunction with the IMB backplane
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF
6mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Output circuits
3 mA
2000Hz
4 x transistors (PNP, short-circuit proof),
1 x alarm output
20 V +/- 3%
3 mA
2000Hz
Switching voltage
Switching frequency

Protection type
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
12V
12.4mA
37.2mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Ci = 22 nF, Li = 76.5 H
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
10
0.49
Max. values:
IIB
20
2.2
0.92
0.78
1.92
3.6
X2 contact strip: 14 / 710 /

1316 / 1922
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
253


(1) D

SIL2

proof

fer of intrinsically safe, binary signals


Isolating switching amplifier for trans

Features

The four-channel isolating switching The output circuits each feature a PNP The module features a passive alarm.
IMB-DI-44EX-P/24VDC
isand short circuit proof transistor.
amplifier
equipped with intrinsically safe input
all slots are assigned.
circuits.
readiness. The yellow LED indicates the
Sensors according to EN 6094756 (NA switching status of the output.
Dimensions

254

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMB-DI-44Ex-P/24VDC
7570019

Power consumption
Power loss, typical
2030VDC
2W
1.55W
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
EN-60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Output circuits
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
3 mA
2000Hz
4 x transistors (pnp, short-circuit proof)
20 V +/- 3%
3 mA
2000Hz
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
118 x 18 x 103mm
128g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF

Protection type
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
12V
12.4mA
37.2mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Ci = 22 nF, Li = 76.5 H
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
10
0.49
Max. values:
IIB
20
2.2
0.92
0.78
1.92
3.6

1316 / 1922
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Indication
Switching state
green
yellow
255

Analog signal isolator IMB-AI Input on the fieldside

Features

Isolating switching amplifiers for
transfer of active, intrinsically safe in

put s ignals
(1) D
SIL3
put c ircuits
Galvanic separation of channels on
the Ex side
HART transmissible

Standard active current signals are gal

vanically isolated and transmitted via
the dual-channel analog signal isolator
IMBAI22EXHI/24VDC from the Ex area
to the safe area.
The device features one input circuit 0
20 mA and one short-circuit proof out
put circuit 020 mA. Input circuit, o

ut
put circuit and supply voltage are e ach
galvanically isolated.
The input signals are transmitted w
ith
out attenuation to the outputs in the
safe area.

all slots are assigned. The green LED in
dicates operational readiness.
Dimensions

256

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
7570004

Power consumption
Power loss, typical
2030VDC
1.3W
0.88W
Input circuits
Current input
Control circuits
020mA
Current limiting 42mA
Output circuits
0.7k

Rise time (10-90%)
10ms
10ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.001% / K
Analog input
0 20mA
Protection type
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Rated voltage
250V
27V
150mA
1000mW
Max. input power Pi
negligibly small
Max. values:
X2 contact strip: 1316 / 1922
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 3
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
118 x 18 x 103mm
160g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF
257

Isolating transducers IMB-AIA

Features
Power supply of transmitters in the Ex

area and transfer of intrinsically safe

signals
(1) D
SIL 2
put c ircuits
Galvanic separation of channels on
the Ex side
Isolating transducer, 2-channel
HART transmissible
Alarm output

The dual-channel HART isolating trans

ducer IMBAiA- 22ExHi/24VDC is used
to operate intrinsically safe 2-wire
HART transducers in the Ex area and to
transmit the measured signal to the safe
area.
In addition to the analog signals, digital
HART communication signals can be
transferred bidirectionally.
The device features one input and one Due to the 1:1 transmission characteris
output circuit, with 0/420 mA each. tic, wire-break is provided w
ith 3.6mA
Input circuit, output circuit and supply and short-circuit with 21mA.
voltage are each galvanically isolated.
The input signal is transmitted 1:1 with The alarm message is cleared as soon as
out attenuation to the output in the s afe all slots are assigned. The green LED in
area.
Dimensions

258

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
7570006

Power consumption
Power loss, typical
2030VDC
2.2W
1.04W
Input circuits
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Current input
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
118 x 18 x 103mm
154g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF
13 V
35mA
420mA
Output circuits
Wire break monitoring
Short circuit monitoring
0.5k
3.6mA
21mA

Limit frequency
30Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
10ms
10ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
4 20mA
Protection type
[Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIC ; [Ex ia Da] IIIC
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
23V
64.5mA
799mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
Li = 76,5 H, Ci = 22 nF
Ex ia
Lo[mH]
Co[nF]
IIB
4.8
358
0.9
418
IIC
0.804
46
0.12
718
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
green
0.424
62
0.024
121
259


Features

Input of PT100/Ni100 resistors in 2 or

3-wire technology
Intrinsically safe input circuits Ex ia Ga

IIB/IIC, Ex ia Da IIIC

(1) D
SIL2
Resistance transducer


amplifier IMB-TI-RTD-231Ex-HCi/24VDC
is designed to evaluate the tempera
ture-dependent changes of Ni100/Pt100
resistors and to output them as temper
ature-linear current s ignals 0/420mA.
Alternatively, Ni100/Pt100 resistors in 2,
3 or 4-wire-technology can be operated
at the
measuring amplifiers input
circuit.
can be set remotely via the current inter

face and HART .
The following settings can be adjusted

via DTM:
Connection mode (2, 3 and 4-wire
technology)
Measuring range
wire-break
Current output behaviour in the event
of input circuit errors: 0 resp. > 22mA
configured via PC (FDT/DTM). For this, Output current (0/420 mA)
connect the device to the PC via the Temperature (C or K)
3.5
mm jack plug at the front (the Mode (resistance, line compensation)
In addition, a basic scope of parameters
The module complies with the EMC re

quirements acc. to EN61326 and the NA
MUR recommendation NE21.
The user can switch off a channel. In this
case, the current output is set to 1mA in
order to maintain the communicability
via the HART current loop.
The module features wire-break moni
toring and short-circuit monitoring
of
the resistance input. Short-circuit m
oni
toring of the mV input is not a vailable.
The module features an active alarm.
all slots are occupied and no line error is
detected.
Dimensions

260

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
7570008
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV

Power consumption
Power loss, typical
2030VDC
3.2W
3W
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
Error indication
green
red
Input circuits
Input circuits
RTD

PT100 (IEC 751), NI100 (DIN 43760), 2,
3- and 4-wire-technology acc. to Gost:
PT100, Cu50, Cu53, Cu100, CuZn100,
0.2mA
01.5
Probe current
Nominal resistance
Output circuits
Minimum load
Fault current
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
0.6k
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
118 x 18 x 103mm
142g
polycarbonate/ABS
0
0 / 22mA adjustable
MTTF

Rise time (10-90%)
1000ms
1000ms
23 C
5A
0.0025%/K
3m/K
3.2V / K (of 320mV)
Accuracy RTD input
50m
Accuracy TC input
15V
compensation
wiring
4-wire < 50m
Protection type
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
1520
5V
5mA
6.2mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Ex ia
Lo[mH]
Co[F]
IIB
100
10
10
13
1
21
IIC
100
1.8
10
2.4
1
3.4
261


Features


amplifier IMB-Ti-TC-231Ex-Hci/24VDC is
designed to evaluate the temperature-
dependent changes of thermocouples
acc. to IEC 60584, DIN 43710, GOST R
8.585-2001, of RTDs acc. to IEC 60751,
DIN 43760, GOST 6651-94, low voltages
in the range of -160+160 mV as well
as RTDs and potentiometers in 2 and 3-
wire technology and to output them as
temperature-linear current signals 0/
420 mA.
Input thermocouples, low voltage,

RTDs, potentiometers, resistors
Intrinsically safe input circuits

ExiaGaIIB/IIC, ExiaDaIIIC

(1) D
SIL2
Resistance transducer


In addition, a basic scope of parameters
can be set remotely via the current inter
face and HART .
The following settings can be adjusted

via DTM:
Connection mode (2 or 3-wire
technology)
Measuring range
Current output behaviour in the event
of input circuit errors: 0 resp. > 22mA
Output current (0/420 mA)
The device can be parametrized and Temperature (C or K)
configured via PC (FDT/DTM). For this, Mode (resistor, thermocouples, low
3.5
The module complies with the EMC re

quirements acc. to EN61326 and the NA
MUR recommendation NE21.
The user can switch off a channel. In this
case, the current output is set to 1mA in
order to maintain the communicability
via the HART current loop.
The module features wire-break moni
toring and short-circuit monitoring
of
the resistance input. Short-circuit m
oni
toring of the mV input is not a vailable.
The module features an active alarm.
all slots are occupied and no line error is
detected.
Dimensions

262

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
Power consumption
Power loss, typical
Input circuits
Input circuits
RTD
Probe current
Thermoelements
Nominal resistance
Voltage input
Output circuits
Minimum load
Fault current
7570009
2030VDC
2.7W
2.5W

PT100 (IEC 751), NI100 (DIN 43760), 2and 3-wire-technology acc. to Gost:
PT100, Cu50, Cu53, Cu100, CuZn100,
0.2mA
(DIN 43710), acc. to Gost: L, M, A1, A2,
A3
01
-0.160+0.160VDC
0.6k
0
0 / 22mA adjustable

Rise time (10-90%)
1000ms
1000ms
23 C
5A
0.0025%/K
3m/K
3.2V / K (of 320mV)
Accuracy RTD input
50m
Accuracy TC input
15V
compensation
wiring
Protection type
Operating concept
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
1520
5V
5mA
6.2mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V

Ex ia
Lo[mH]
Co[F]
IIB
100
10
10
13
IIC
100
1.8
1
21
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 2
Indication
Error indication
green
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
10
2.4
1
3.4
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
118 x 18 x 103mm
151g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF
263

Analog signal isolator IMB-AO - Output intrinsically safe

Features
Analog signal isolator for transfer of

intrinsically safe output signals


(1) D
SIL3

put c ircuits

Galvanic separation of the channels

on the Ex side

HART transmissible
Output
isolator for analog signals, 2-channel
The 2-channel HART output isolator

IMBAO22ExHi/24VDC is designed to
galvanically separate and transfer stand
ard current signals from the non-Ex to
the Ex-area without attenuation (1:1).

control of I/P converters (at control
Ex-area.

all slots are assigned. The green LED in
The module features input circuit moni

In addition to analog signals, the isolat toring. In the event of wire-break
or
ing transducer also transfers digital short-circuit in the field circuit, the input
HART
communication
signals
current drops to < 1.2mA.
bidirectionally.
Dimensions
IMB

Pwr

IMB-AO-22Ex-Hi
24VDC

TV 09 ATEX 555612
264

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
7570005

Power consumption
Power loss, typical
2030VDC
2.2W
1.4W
Input circuits
Current input
Control circuits
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
420mA
Current limiting 42mA
Output circuits
Minimum load
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
118 x 18 x 103mm
183g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF
0.7k
40

Rise time (10-90%)
10ms
10ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.002% / K
Analog input
4 20mA
Protection type
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
25V
49mA
760mW
Characteristic
angular
Rated voltage
250V
negligibly small
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [F]
IIC
0.5
0.087
IIB
21
0.36
0.2
0.11
193
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 3
Indication
green
0.2
0.67
265


Features

intrinsically safe, passive two-terminal

networks
For NPN switching DCS/PLC cards
(1) D
SIL3
put c ircuits
Valve control module, 4-channel

Valve control module for the supply of

The 4-channel valve control module

IMB-DO-44EX-N/24VDC is current and
voltage limited and provides intrinsically
safe output voltage. Loads in the Ex area
can thus be triggered directly. The d
e
vice can be operated with NPN DCS/
PLC-DO cards.
Within the area of applicability of the
European directive 94/9/EG (ATEX) it is
permitted to operate connected loads in The switching status of the output is in

explosive
atmospheresdicated by a yellow LED.
potentially
caused by dust or gas, provided they
Typical applications are the control of Ex all slots are assigned. The green LED in
is dicates operational readiness.
plays and transmitters.
Dimensions

266

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMB-DO-44Ex-N/24VDC
7570003

Power consumption
Power loss, typical
2030VDC
4.5W
2.26W
Input circuits
0-signal
1-signal
Current input
05VDC
2030VDC
45mA
Output circuits
Output curve

Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
118 x 18 x 103mm
131g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF


Limit frequency
500Hz
Protection type
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
1316 / 1922
21.1V
75.3mA
898mW
Characteristic
angular
Rated voltage
250V
negligibly small
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
II B
12
620
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 3
Indication
Switching state
green
yellow
267


Features

intrinsically safe, passive two-terminal

networks
For PNP switching DCS/PLC cards
(1) D
SIL3
LED status indication
put c ircuits
Valve control module, 4-channel

Valve control module for the supply of

The 4-channel valve control module

IMB-DO-44Ex-P/24VDC provides current
and voltage limited, intrinsically safe
output voltage. Loads in the Ex area can
thus be triggered directly. The device
can be operated with PNP DCS/PLC-DO
cards.
Within the area of applicability of the
European directive 94/9/EG (ATEX) it is
permitted to operate connected loads in The switching status of the output is in

potentially
explosive
atmospheresdicated by a yellow LED.
caused by dust or gas, provided they
Typical applications are the control of Ex all slots are assigned. The green LED in
is dicates operational readiness.
plays and transmitters.
Dimensions

268

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMB-DO-44Ex-P/24VDC
7570018

Power consumption
Power loss, typical
2030VDC
4.5W
2.26W
Input circuits
0-signal
1-signal
Current input
05VDC
2030VDC
45mA
Output circuits
Output curve

Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP20
-25+70C
118 x 18 x 103mm
135g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF


Limit frequency
500Hz
Protection type
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) G, II (1) D
Max. values:
1316 / 1922
21.1V
75.3mA
898mW
Characteristic
angular
Rated voltage
250V
negligibly small
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
II B
12
620
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL 3
Indication
Switching state
green
yellow
269
Distributed interface modules in IP67 housing


Features
Intrinsically safe inputs circuit Ex ia

Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)GD,
II3GD

SIL 2
Isolating switching amplifier with M12

x 1males, 2-channel
Line

monitored for wire-break/short-circuit

PNP transistor output NO

The 2-channel isolating switching a mpli The output circuits feature two NO The green LED indicates operational
fier
is
transistors.
readiness.
circuits.
The device must be protected against
mechanical load on connector and
Sensors according to EN 6094756 (NA housing when mounted in zone 2 or 22.
MUR), variable resistances or potential- For this, use the TURCK cover plate IMC-
free contactors can be connected to the SG (Ident no.7560016).
device.
Dimensions

Pin assignment male M12

Zone 2/22: Do not disconnect, when live!

Pin assignment female M12 (Ex side)
2
3
1
5
270

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
7560003
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci Li = 0.15 mH, Ci = negligibly small

2030VDC
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
EN-60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Output circuits
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
50 mA
3000Hz
30 VDC
50 mA
3000Hz

Protection type
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) GD
Max. values:
female M12 connection: 1+4 / 1+3
9.6V
10mA
24mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Li = 0.15 mH, Ci = negligibly small
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
0.85
1100
10
750
Characteristic
IIB
1.85
5300
IIC
5.0
1400
IIB
10
6600
0.85
1900
0.85
11000
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
24mW
10mA
9.6V
TV 07 ATEX 554027 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV

Approval
SIL2
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP67
-25+70C
100 x 32 x 25mm
153g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF
20
3400
9.6V
10mA
24mW
linear

Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
Application area
Protection type
IIC
5.0
1400
0.85
1900
IIB
10
6600
0.85
11000
II 3 GD
Ex nA [nL] IIC/IIB T4 or rather Ex tD A22
IP67 T96 C
271


Features

II3GD

SIL 2
Isolating switching amplifier with M12

x 1males, 2-channel
Line

monitored for wire-break/short-circuit

PNP transistor output, NC contact

The 2-channel isolating switching a mpli The output circuits feature two NC The green LED indicates operational
fier
is
transistors.
readiness.
circuits.
The device must be protected against
mechanical load on connector and
Sensors according to EN 6094756 (NA housing when mounted in zone 2 or 22.
MUR), variable resistances or potential- For this, use the TURCK cover plate IMC-
free contactors can be connected to the SG (Ident no.7560016).
device.
Dimensions


IMC-Di-22Ex-PNC/24VDC

2
3
1
5
272

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
7560010
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci Li = 0.15 mH, Ci = negligibly small

2030VDC
Input circuits
NAMUR
No-load voltage
Input resistance
Cable resistance
Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
EN-60947-5-6
8.2VDC
8.2mA
1k
50
1.55mA
1.75mA
Output circuits
Switching frequency
Output circuits
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
50 mA
3000Hz
30 VDC
50 mA
3000Hz

Protection type
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) GD
Max. values:
9.6V
10mA
24mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
0.85
1100
10
750
Characteristic
IIB
1.85
5300
IIC
5.0
1400
IIB
10
6600
0.85
1900
0.85
11000
Characteristic
Max. values:
linear
24mW
10mA
9.6V
TV 07 ATEX 554027 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV

Approval
SIL2
Indication
Switching state
Error indication
green
yellow
red
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP67
-25+70C
100 x 32 x 25mm
149g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF
20
3400
9.6V
10mA
24mW
linear

Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
Application area
Protection type
IIC
5.0
1400
0.85
1900
IIB
10
6600
0.85
11000
II 3 GD
IP67 T96 C
273

Analog signal isolator IMC-AI Input intrinsically safe

Features

II3GD

SIL 2
Analog signal isolator with M12 x

1males, 1-channel

The 1-channel analog signal isolator with the TURCK cover plate
IMC-SG
IMC-AI-11EX-I/L features an intrinsically (Ident no.7560016).
safe input circuit. The device can be
mounted in zone 2.
The standard current signal is transmit
ted from the Ex-area to the safe area
In case of unprotected mounting in without attenuation (1:1). The o
utput
zone 2 resp. zone 22 the devices must circuit is equipped with a short-circuit
be protected against mechanical d
am protected power source.
ages of the connectors and the h
ousings
Dimensions
The device is loop-powered.

IMC-AI-11Ex-i/L
Intrinsically save analog data transmit

ters can be connected to the device in
the Ex area.

2
3
1
5
274

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMC-AI-11EX-I/L
7560004
Power consumption
3W
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
max. 30VDC
020mA
Output circuits
0.4k

Limit frequency
50Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
10ms
10ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0 20mA
Protection type
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB
Nominal voltage
Loop-powered
Application area
II (1) GD
Rated voltage
250V
27V
150mA
1000mW
Max. input power Pi
negligibly small
Application area
Protection type
II 3 GD
Ex nA [nL] IICIIB T4 or rather Ex tDA 22
IB67 T80C
Max. input power Pi

Max. values:
Max. values:
1000mW
150mA
27V
female M12 connection: 2+4
TV 07 ATEX 553945 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL2
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP67
-25+70C
100 x 32 x 25mm
154g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF
275

Isolating transducers IMC-AIA Input intrinsically safe

Features

Application area acc. to ATEX: II(1)G, II
(1) D, II3G, II 3D

The 1-channel isolating transducer IMC-

AIA-11Ex-i/24VDC features an intrinsical
ly safe input circuit. The device can be
mounted in zone 2.
SIL 2
Isolating transducer with M12 x
1males, 1-channel


with the TURCK cover plate

IMC-SG
(Ident no.7560016).
The standard current signal is transmit

ted from the Ex-area to the safe area
In case of unprotected mounting in without attenuation (1:1). The o
utput
zone 2 resp. zone 22 the devices must circuit is equipped with a short-circuit
am protected power source.
ousings
Dimensions
Intrinsically save analog data transmit

ters can be connected to the device in
the Ex area.
The device is designed for 24VDC s up
ply. The green LED indicates o
perational
readiness.



IMC-AIA-11Ex-i/24VDC

2
3
1
5
276

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
Internal inductance/capacitance Li /Ci Li = negligibly small; Ci = 11 nF
7560009

Power consumption
2030VDC
1.5W
Input circuits
Supply voltage
Current
Current input
14 V
25mA
020mA
External inductance/capacitance Lo /
Co
Characteristic
Max. values:
0.5k
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Approval
SIL2
Indication
green
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP67
-25+70C
100 x 32 x 25mm
151g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF
Output circuits

Limit frequency
50Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
10ms
10ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0 20mA
Protection type
[Ex ia] IIB
Nominal voltage
24 VDC
Application area
II (1) GD
Max. values:
21.8V
64.5mA
1130mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
Li = negligibly small; Ci = 11 nF
Ci = 11nF, Li = negligibly small

trapezoidal
1130mW
64.5mA
21.8V
TV 07 ATEX 554129 X

Ex ia
Lo[mH]
Co[nF]
IIB
5.8
469
0.2
799
Characteristic
21.8V
64.5mA
1130mW
linear
Ci = 11nF, Li = negligibly small

Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
Application area
Protection type
IIC
0.85
129
0.2
219
IIB
22
800
10
1200
II 3G, II 3D
Ex nA [nL] IIB/IIC T4 or rather Ex tD A22
IP67 T 80C Dc
277

Analog signal isolator IMC-AO Output intrinsically safe

Features

II3GD

SIL 2
Analog signal isolator with M12 x

1males, 1-channel



The 1-channel analog signal isolator with the TURCK cover plate
IMC-SG
IMC-AO-11Ex-i/L features an intrinsically (Ident no.7560016).
safe input circuit. The device can be
mounted in zone 2.
cally isolated and transmitted from the
In case of unprotected mounting in safe to the Ex-area without attenuation
zone 2 resp. zone 22 the devices must (1:1). The output circuit is e quipped with
am a short circuit portected power source.
ousings
Dimensions
The device is loop-powered.

IMC-AO-11Ex-i/L
Intrinsically analog actuators like I/P

converters (e.g. at control valves) or dis
plays can be applied in the Ex area.

2
3
1
5
278

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMC-AO-11EX-I/L
7560006
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
Power consumption
3.5W
Approval
SIL2
Input circuits
Voltage input
Current input
max. 30VDC
020mA
Output circuits
0.4k
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP67
-25+70C
100 x 32 x 25mm
120g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF

Limit frequency
65Hz
Rise time (10-90%)
10ms
10ms
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
23 C
Temperature drift
0.005% / K
Analog input
0 20mA
Protection type
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB
Nominal voltage
Loop-powered
Application area
II (1) GD
Max. values:
female M12 connection 1+3
13.3V
97mA
322mW
Characteristic
linear
Rated voltage
250V
negligibly small
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
2
420
0.2
910
Application area
Protection type
IIB
2
2700
0.2
5500
II 3G, II 3D
IP67 T80C

Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
5
510
0.5
1200
Characteristic
Max. values:
IIB
10
2900
1.0
5800
linear
322mW
97mA
13.3V
TV 07 ATEX 553946 X
279

Valve control module IMC-DO

Features

II3GD

SIL 3
Valve control module with M12 x

1males, 1-channel


The 1-channel analog signal isolator housing when mounted in zone 2 or 22.
IMC-DO-11Ex/L features an intrinsically For this, use the TURCK cover plate IMC-
safe output circuit. The device can be SG (Ident no.7560016).
mounted in zone 2.
The device must be protected against i pilot valves and pilot lights as well as
mechanical load on connector and the supply of transmitters.
Dimensions
The device is loop-powered. External

power supply is not required.

IMC-DO-11Ex/L

2
3
1
5
280

Technical data
Type
Ident no.
IMC-DO-11EX/L
7560008
Power consumption
Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
1.3W
Input circuits
0-signal
1-signal
Voltage input
Current input
Input delay
05VDC
2030VDC
max. 30VDC
45mA
1ms
Output circuits
Output circuits
Output curve
IIC
4.0
74
IIB
20
490
0.5
130
5
630
Characteristic
Max. values:
trapezoidal
674mW
95mA
27V
TV 07 ATEX 553647 X
Galvanic separation
Test voltage
2.5 kV
27V
95mA
674mW
Approval
SIL3
Indication
Switching state
yellow
Mechanical data
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Dimensions
Weight
Housing material
IP67
-25+70C
100 x 32 x 25mm
154g
polycarbonate/ABS
MTTF


Limit frequency
500Hz
Measuring accuracy
0.1% of full scale
Protection type
[Ex ia] IIC/IIB
Nominal voltage
Loop-powered
Application area
II (1) GD
Max. values:
27V
95mA
674mW
Characteristic
Trapezoidal
Rated voltage
250V
negligibly small
Ex ia
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
IIC
0.75
60
0.5
70
Characteristic
IIB
2
310
0.5
450
Trapezoidal
negligibly small

Ex nL
Lo [mH]
Co [nF]
Application area
Protection type
IIC
4.0
74
0.5
130
IIB
20
490
5
630
II 3G, II 3D
IP67 T86 C
281
Basics of explosion protection

Terms and definitions
Explosion
Explosion protectio
Explosion protection
The legislator having industrial supervision, trade organiza
Directives and standards

History
Until the end of 1975, numerous national directives covering the
field of explosion protection existed in the individual European
states. On 18 December 1975, the first framework directive on ex
plosion protection above ground came into effect, applying in
the member states of the European Union: 76/117/EWG.
Until 1990, the directive 76/117/EWG was modified several times.
The different national directives were directly related to stan
dards that applied exclusively to electrical equipment and to ex
plosion protection above ground. The fact that national directi
ves were still in effect restricted free trade in this area.
In the beginning of 1994, the Framework Directive 94/9/EC of
the European Parliament and Council of 23 March 1994 on the
approximation of the laws of the Member States concerning
equipment andprotective systems intended for use in potentially
explosive atmospheres was passed. This directive has regard to
the European Treaty of 1985, in particular article 100a (amend
ment of 2 February 1992), establishing the European Community.
ATEX 100a is the common shortcut for it and is derived from
the French atmosphre explosible (explosive atmosphere). In
addition to article 100a, there are further articles which are in
progress of being transposed into directives. Whenever the ATEX
directive is quoted in our TURCK documentation, reference is
made to the new directive of explosion protection ATEX 100a.
Within the member states of the European Union the ATEX 100a
was translated into national legislation, e.g. in the Federal Repub
lic of Germany by the Gertesicherheitsgesetz (11 GSGV)
since 1 December 2011 Produktsicherheitsgesetzt (34 ProdSG)
and the Explosionsschutzverordnung (EXVO) (11.ProdSV).
The national directives applying for explosion protection were
valid until 30.06.2003. The ATEX 100a came into force on the
01.07.2003 and has been updated and renamed to ATEX 95a.
Efforts to harmonize the explosion protection directives on inter
national level, resulted in the establishment of the IEC 60079. The
pursuit towards free trade worldwide was the leading motive for
it. In a first step, the IECEx framework was defined, fixing the
conditions of approval for devices. Furthermore a quality ma
nagement system is stipulated which is binding for the
manufacturer.
Installation and operation of electrical equipment in hazardous areas standards and regulations
Involved with installation, acceptance and operation of electrical
equipment are:
282
tions, TV and experts as supervisory authorities.

All plant personnel are required to observe strict guidelines
such as health and safety and other work regulations that
govern the maintenance and operation of electrical equipment
located in the hazardous area.
Plant builders who must meet safety requirements according
to EN 60079-14, (RL 1999/92/EG), ATEX 137.
The manufacturers of components bound by constructional re
quirements set forth by IEC/EN 60079 resp. ATEX 95a (RL 94/9/
EG).
EN 60079-14 resp. DIN VDE 0165 Installation of electrical
equipment in explosion hazardous areas
The DIN VDE 0165 includes the safety requirements that must be
observed (e. g. identification and classification of explosion ha
zardous locations, temperature classes, cable routing, require
ments for the installation of electrical devices in zones 0, 1 and 2,
many specific p
rovisions). Contrary to the standards described
above, which are primarily for manufacturers, this standard ap
plies to plant builders, operators and test personnel.
The rules for interconnection derive from the installation regula
tions acc. to IEC 60079-14 or rather EN 60079-14. According to
these, the safety-related maximum values of the equipments in
put and output parameters must be compared in order to evalua
te if several interconnected devices with intrinsically safe circuits
comply with the demands on intrinsic safety.
BetrSichV Industrial safety regulations
The industrial safety regulations BetrSichV provides information
about the safety and health protection of work equipment and
their intended use. Furthermore BetrSichV regulates the operati
onal safety of systems requiring monitoring and the organization
of health and safety of workers.
ATEX 137 Directive for system operators
The directive 1999/92/EC of the European Parliament and Council
of 16 December concerning the essential health and safety
requirements is intended to guard workers against the potential
hazards of an explosive atmosphere (formerly ATEX 118, now
ATEX 137). It is directed at system operators and employers and
contains binding regulations. Among other things, this stipulates
the assessment of risks resulting from a potentially explosive at
mosphere, the keeping of areas exposed to potentially explosive
keeping of an explosion protection
atmospheres and the
document.
ExVO Explosion protection directive
The ExVO regulates the placing on the market of devices, protec

n protection
on
Like the directive 94/9/EC, ExVO excludes the following equip

ment from its scope (summarised): Medical devices, explosive
substances, o
r unstable chemicals, personnel protection equip
ment, seagoing vessels, offshore systems and products for milita
ry purposes.
EN 60079-0 Electrical equipment for use in explosion hazardous areas, general requirements
EN 60079-0 contains general provisions for the construction and
testing of any electrical apparatus to be used in explosion hazar
dous areas. The EN 60079 standards listed below describe diffe
rent technical implementations of ignition protection classes:
Pressure-tight encapsulation (EN 60079-1)
Pressurized encapsulation (EN 60079-2)
Powder-filled encapsulation (EN 60079-5)
Oil immersion (EN 60079-6)
Increased safety (EN 60079-7)
Intrinsic safety (EN 60079-11)
Ignition protection n (EN 60079-15)
Moulded encapsulation (EN 60079-18)
Intrinsically safe electrical systems (EN 60079-25)
Optical radiation (EN 60079-28)
EN 60079-11 Intrinsic safety (i)
All methods of protection attempt to contain an explosion on the
inside of the housing and to prevent penetration of an ignitable
gaseous mixture.
The method of intrinsic safety is based on a different approach.
It limits the electrical energy to such an extent, that elevated
temperatures, sparks or arcs are incapable of generating the
energy needed to ignite an explosive atmosphere.
Due to the limitation of electrical energy, these circuits are espe
cially suited to application in the field of measuring, control and
instrumentation. The method of intrinsic safety has some signi
ficant advantages over other protection methods, e.g. mainte
nance and w
iring of live circuits. Thanks to the use of inexpensive
components, these systems are easy to handle and cost effective,
and several s uppliers offer components with protection class i.
Definition of terms
Explosion
An explosion is an exothermic reaction of a material (such as gas,
fumes, or dust) occurring at a high reaction speed. The risk of an
explosion exists wherever there is the probability of an explosive
atmosphere. An explosive atmosphere may occur wherever
dusts, flammable gases or vapours are handled, processed, trans
ported or stored. Such explosion atmospheres are typically found
in chemical f actories, gas stations, etc.
Explosion hazards
Explosion hazards only exist in locations
in which ignitable concentrations of flammable substances can
exist under normal operating conditions or in the event of
faults, and when these conditions provide the probability that
a dangerous substance to air mixture is enough to form an ex
plosive mixture;
where the explosive or ignitable mixtures can come in contact
with a source of ignition and continue to burn after ignition.
Explosive mixture (general term)
A combustible (flammable) mixture is a mixture of gases or va
pours, or a mixture of gases and vapours with mists and dusts, ca
pable of propelling a reaction after ignition.
Explosive atmosphere
An explosive atmosphere contains gases, vapors, fumes or dusts
mixed with air as well as the usual filler materials that can explo
de spontaneously under atmospheric conditions (see also Explo
sive mixture). An explosive atmosphere may occur wherever
ported or stored.
Explosive atmosphere (hazardous)
A hazardous explosive atmosphere is a mixture containing con
centrations of flammable gases or vapors that, when ignited, can
cause damage to persons directly or indirectly through an explo
sion (see also Hazardous explosive atmosphere).
Hazardous area
A hazardous area is an area in which there is a risk of explosion,
i.e. a hazardous explosive atmosphere can occur due to local ope
rating
conditions. Such explosion atmospheres are typically
found in chemical factories, gas stations, etc.
283
Explosion
protection
tive systems and components intended for use in potentially ex

plosive atmospheres and is the German transposition of the di
rective 94/9/EC. It describes the essential health and safety
requirements and mandatory conformity assessment procedures.
The ExVO is thus mainly aimed at manufacturers of devices, main
tenance and test personnel.

Ignition triangle
In order to have an explosion, the following three components
must be present simultaneously:
Electrical equipment featuring ignition

protection class Intrinsic Safety
(IEC/EN 60079-11)
oxygen
Intrinsically safe and associated electrical equipment
ignition source
The term intrinsic safety implies that the electrical energy of an

intrinsically safe circuit is limited to such an extent that a thermal
effect or spark is incapable of igniting an explosive atmosphere
under specified conditions.
fuel
Possible sources of ignition

hot surfaces
flames and hot gases
mechanically generated sparks
electrical installations
transient currents
static electricity
lightning, ultrasonic energy
TURCK devices for use in explosion hazardous areas comply with

the ignition protection class intrinsic safety. The devices are di
vided into two different kinds of electrical equipment, intrinsi
cally safe equipment and associated equipment. The different de
vices types are differently labelled (see Marking of devices) .
Intrinsically safe electrical equipment incorporates only intrinsi
cally safe circuits. Direct installation in explosion hazardous areas
is permitted, provided that all related requirements are met. An
example is a NAMUR sensor a pproved according to EN 60947-5-6
or a transmitter.
Oxidizers
air (21 % oxygen)
pure oxygen
oxygen releasing compounds (potassium permanganate)
Flammable substances
flammable concentrations of gases and powders from liquids
or solids with ignition capability.
Explosive limits
A mixture is only explosive if the concentration is within certain
material specific limits. These limits are called the upper and lo
wer explosion limits and are listed in appropriate tables.
Flash-point
The flash-point is the lowest temperature at which a liquid relea
ses sufficient vapors that can be ignited when close to an energy
source and extinguished when the energy source is removed.
Primary and secondary explosion protection measures
Basically there are two methods used to prevent an explosion.
Primary explosion protection
The primary method of explosion protection comprises measures
which prevent formation of a dangerous atmosphere, such as
avoiding the use of flammable liquids
increasing the flash point
limiting the concentration to safe levels
natural and technical ventilation
monitoring of the concentration
(see also Secondary explosion protection)
Secondary explosion protection
The secondary method of explosion protection comprises mea
sures which prevent ignition of a dangerous atmosphere. For this
purpose constructive or electrical techniques are used to
segregate the electrical equipment which could ignite a dan
gerous mixture by keeping the explosive atmosphere away
from the ignition source.
prevent an explosion by impeding the propagation to surroun
ding explosive atmosphere.
(see also Primary explosion protection)
284
Associated electrical equipment is any equipment which may in

corporate both intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe circuits.
Intrinsically safe devices may be connected to associated electri
cal equipment, provided that all essential conditions for this kind
of interconnected assembly are fulfilled. An isolating switching
amplifier would be an associated electrical device and the con
nected NAMUR sensor is the intrinsically safe device.
Associated electrical equipment must generally be installed out
side the hazardous area. If installed within the hazardous area,
additional protection measures must be provided. Many TURCK
devices are approved for zone 2, allowing to install devices in the
Ex-area. A
ll TURCK devices featuring intrinsically safe circuits are
classified as associated equipment, such as the interfacemodul
for example.
Simple electrical equipment
Simple components and simple equipment that do not generate
or store more than 1.5 V, 0.1 A and 25 mW, and do not require a
test certificate are classified as simple electrical equipment (e.g.
thermocouples). This equipment is defined in the standard EN
60079-14.
Categories
Intrinsically safe and associated electrical equipment are divided
into 3 categories according to 60079-11. This classification is
determined by the failure probability and the ignition capability
of the intrinsically safe circuitry.
Category ia:
Category ia indicates that the electrical equipment should not
be able to ignite a dangerous mixture during normal operation
and in t he event of a single fault, nor in the event of any combi
nation of two faults. Intrinsic safety must be maintained even
when two independent faults occur at the same time. Therefore,
components of any equipment of category ia that are suscepti
ble to faults must be present in triplicate.
Category ib:
An electrical apparatus, category ib should not be capable of

Category ic:
Electrical equipment classified as category ic should not be ca
pable of causing ignition during normal operation. This ignition
protection class replaces the ignition protection class nL as
from 2011 for installation in zone 2. The advantages of intrinsi
cally safe circuits are thus also available there.
Ignition protection class n (EN 60079-15)
Electrical equipment featuring ignition protection class n can
only be installed in zone 2 or 22. It should neither cause ignition
nor be serviced during normal operation. This should be guaran
teed through labels and mechanical locking.
Groups and temperature classes
Electrical equipment for use in explosion hazardous areas is clas
sified into groups and classes based on the likelihood of an ex
plosion danger. This is of great importance from a safety aspect
as well as an economical aspect because it determines the requi
rements that must be met by the electrical equipment. The defi
nition of groups is based on the location in which the equipment
is going to be used.
Group I classified equipment may be used in mines susceptible
to firedamp and must conform to EN 60079 and additional mi
ning standards (e.g. EN50303).
Group II classified equipment is used in all explosion hazardous
areas except mining applications susceptible to firedamp.
Group II classified equipment is used in all explosion hazardous
areas except mining applications susceptible to firedamp. De
pending on the application, different flammable materials with
different ignition energy ratings are needed. From a practical
point of view, subdividing Group II is therefore necessary and ma
kes sense, not only for economical reasons.
The subdivision of Group II equipment is based on the different
ignition energy of the flammable materials. The different groups
are classified by capital letters in ascending alphabetical order ac
cording to the hazard risk of the associated material. Materials
belonging to group C require less ignition energy than Group A
materials (see table1)
T1
I
methane
II A
acetone,
ethane,
ethyl acetate,
ammonia,
benzene,
acetic acid,
carbon
monoxide,
methanol,
propane,
toluene
town gas
(coal gas)
hydrogen
II B
II C
T2
T3
T4
ethyl alcohol,
i-amyl
acetate,
n-butane,
n-butyl
alcohol,
benzines,
diesel fuel,
aviation
fuels,
fuel oils,
n-hexane
acetaldehyde,
ethyl aether
T5
T6
Temperature class
The temperature class specifies the maximum allowable surface
temperature of an apparatus. In this category, the explosion pro
tected a pparatus can be approved for different temperature clas
ses a decision which depends on technical and economical
considerations.
In the majority of cases, explosion proof equipment for the lo
west temperature can be very expensive to buy and install. By
comparison, using products featuring ignition protection class
intrinsic safety is more efficient and cheaper. Only intrinsically
irect installation in Ex areas requires tempe
safe equipment for d
rature classification. For associated apparatus this classification is
not needed.
Ignition temperature
The ignition temperature (defined as the temperature at which a
mixture self-ignites during testing) is directly related to the
temperature class. The temperature class indicates the maximum
surface temperature of an apparatus and must be lower than the
minimum ignition temperature of the flammable material to pre
vent an ignition (see table 2).
Temperature class
IEC/ENNEC 505-10
Maximum surface temperature of device (C)
Ignition temperatures of
flammable materials (C)
T1
450
>450
T2
300
>300 450
280
>280 300
260
> 260 280
230
> 230 260
215
> 215 230
200
> 200 300
180
> 180 200
165
> 165 180
160
> 160 165
135
> 135 200
120
> 120 135
T5
100
> 100 135
T6
85
> 85 100
T3
T4
Explosion
protection
causing ignition under normal operating conditions in the event

of a single fault. Intrinsic safety must be maintained in the event
of a single fault. A fault could be the failure of a component that
is susceptible to disturbances. Any electrical equipment classified
as ib must have all components in duplicate
Tab. 2: Temperature classes with maximum admissible surface

temperatures and ignition temperatures
Device groups and categories acc. to the ATEX directive
The ATEX directive prescribes a clear marking of the application
and the constructional level of safety. EN 60079-11 also provides
detailed information on how the protection measures were rea
lised and which applications are permitted and uses similar
terms, but the information provided by EN 60079-11 and ATEX
may be essentially different.
The first criterion of the ATEX directive is the device group. Like
the groups described above, the different groups are defined and
described according to their place of use.
ethylene*)
ethylene*)
carbon
disulfide*)
*) no authorized regulations available
Tab. 1: Flammable materials groups and temperature classes

Device Group I: For mining underground with a potential ha

zard due to firedamp and/or combustible dusts.
Device Group II: For all other locations in which a potentially

explosive atmosphere exists.
285

The second criterion is the device category, defining the level of

safety:
Device category 1: Very high level of safety; devices featuring
two independent means of protection; even in the event of
rare device d
isturbances, the device remains functional and
maintains the requisite level of safety.
Device category 2: High level of safety; devices featuring one
means of protection. Even in the event of frequently occurring
device disturbances or equipment faults which normally have
to be taken into account, the device provides the requisite le
vel of safety.
Device category 3: Normal safety; the device ensures the requi
site level of safety during normal operation.
Devices classified as Group I (underground mining susceptible to
firedamp) uses the prefix M, e. g. M1, in addition to the category
classification.
The third criterion is the substance group which characterises the
application of devices in particular atmospheres:
Substance group G: Explosion protection in explosive atmos
pheres due to gases, vapours or mists (G: gas)
Substance group D: Explosion protection in explosive atmos
pheres due to dusts (D: dust)
The equipment category also determines whether the device is
an associated apparatus or an intrinsically safe apparatus. If it is
an associated apparatus the device category is put into round
brackets, for example II (1) G.
Equipment protection level EPL
Devices are classified according to their potential hazard. Accor
ding to IEC 60079-0 equipment protection levels are defined as
follows:
Gas explosion protection
EPL Ga:
Device with very high protection level
The device is no potential source of ignition and provides the
requisite level of safety when used for its intended purpose
and with irregularly arising faults.
EPL Gb:
Device with high protection level
EPL Gc:
Device with increased protection level
requisite level of safety.
The device features additional protection to ensure the requisi
te level of safety.
EPL and zones

Devices with a higher protection rating can be use in applications
with lower protection ratings. Devices approved for zone 0 can
also be applied in zone 1 and devices for zone 20 in zone 21.
Device protection rating
Zone
Ga
Gb
Gc
Da
20
Db
21
Dc
22
Zone classification
Zone classification
According to EN 60079-10 and EN 1127-1, explosion hazardous
areas are divided into zones such as flammables gases, vapours,
mists and combustible dust. The classification is based on the
likelihood that a dangerous explosive atmosphere occurs. The
ATEX directive has re-defined the zone division as follows:
Classification
Zones 0, 1 and 2 for gases, vapour and mist
Zones 20, 21 and 22 for dusts
Zone classification for gases
Zone 0
Zone 0 comprises locations in which a dangerous explosive at
mosphere is present continuously or frequently. The definition is
extended by the term frequently. The example shows a gas sta
tion with zones classified as 0.

Dust explosion protection

EPL Da
Device with very high protection level
EPL Db:
Device with high protection level
286
EPL Dc:
Device with increased protection level
requisite level of safety.
The device features additional protection, to ensure therequisi
te level of safety with faults expected to occur regularly.
Intrinsically safe devices designed for use in zone 0 must meet ca

tegory ia safety standards and must have no live contacts. Gal
vanic isolation between intrinsically safe and non-safe devices is
to be preferred. If grounding of the intrinsically safe circuit is re
quired for functionality, this must be done outside zone 0, but as
close as possible to zone 0. The devices must as well be approved
for gas groups IIA, IIB and IIC.

Zone 1
Installation of devices in zones 0 to 2
Zone 1 are locations in which explosive atmospheres are likely to

occur. Here ATEX does not incorporate any changes. The examp
le s hows the area near the gas pump during refuelling classified
as zone 1.
For installation in zones 0 to 2 (gas, vapour) it is required that in

trinsically safe and associated devices must meet at least those
requirements applying to the zone in which the intrinsically safe
apparatus is to be installed. If a device meets higher require
ments, operation is obviously permitted. The national regulations
apply to interconnected assembly and installation of devices. Ple
ase refer to Guidelines for use of devices with intrinsically safe
circuits below.
Generally the following areas in industrial plants are considered

to be zone 1 locations:
in the vicinity of zone 0
close to inspection openings
near filling and draining devices
inside of machinery
Combustible dusts and fibers

Zone 20

According to ATEX, zone 20 is classified as an area in which a dan

gerous explosive atmosphere in the form of a dust cloud is
continuously present, or occurs frequently, or for a long period.
The possibility of a dust deposit with a known or excessive thick
ness is given. The presence of dust deposits as a single event
does not constitute a zone 20 classification. Usually, these condi
tions can only prevail inside an enclosure, pipes and instruments.

Any device certified for zone 1 must be group IIA, IIB or IIC and at
least category ib.
Zone 2
Areas near zone 0 and 1

Areas near flange seals whenever standard flange joints are
used
Areas near pipes in closed rooms

Areas, in which dust deposits occur, but where clouds of dust are
not present constantly, frequently or for a long term, do not be
long to this zone.
Zones 21 and 22
Zone 21
Areas in which a potentially explosive atmosphere in the form of
a dust cloud can occur occasionally during normal operation.
Dust
deposits or layers of combustible dust will usually be
present.

Unlike apparatus for zones 0 and 1, devices for use in zone 2 do

not require a test certificate by an authorized body. Devices must
conform to category 3 and must meet the following criteria (EN
60079-15):
restricted breathing enclosures (excess temperature 10 k only)

sealed enclosures (various test methods/requirements)
simple pressurized enclosure(like p without purging)
limited energy(intrinsic safety without safety factor, category)
encapsulated switching devices (simple pressurized enclosure)
lower requirements for devices in zone 1, e.g.
clearances and creepage
housing impact test
plastic materials
construction of lamp holders and starters
These can be areas in the close vicinity of filling or dust extraction

stations, where dust deposits are present and explosive
concentrations of flammable dust mixed with air may occur du
ring normal operation.
Zone 22
Areas in which it is unlikely that a potentially explosive atmos
phere in the form of a dust cloud occurs during normal operati
on. If such a n atmosphere occurs, then only for a short period, or
in the event of dust accumulation, or in layers of combustible
dust.
287
Explosion
protection
Zone 2 are locations in which an explosive or dangerous explosi

ve atmosphere is likely to occur only rarely and if, only for a short
time. According to the ATEX definition, an explosive atmosphere
should not occur, but, if it does, only infrequently and for a short
period. The following industrial areas comply with it:

temperature class or maximum surface temperature (for group

II devices)

test authority, date and file number

device protection rating, e.g. Ga
An intrinsically safe device is to be marked as follows:
Ex ia IIC T6 Ga
Ex
complies with European standard
For example, areas in the vicinity of equipment containing dust

which can escape through leakages and where dust deposits can
build up (e.g. mills from which dust is released and accumulates).
ia
Ignition protection (category)
IIC
explosion category
T6
temperature class
Installation of devices in zone 20 to 22
Ga
device protection rating
Regarding areas of combustible dust, installation, operation and

maintenance of devices are subject to the national regulations
(EN60079-14/EN61241-14). Intrinsically safe devices mounted in
zone 20 to 22 must have the appropriate approval. Associated
equipment does not require an approval for flammable dusts, an
approval for gases and vapour is sufficient. It must be ensured
that the limit values of intrinsic safety of the EC type examination
certificate are met in the case of an interconnected assembly.
Then it is permitted to mark the intrinsically safe device as II 1 D
and the associated equipment as II (1) G. To avoid mistakes, the
marking II (1) G, II (1) D is usual.
During installation the special conditions of dust protection must
be observed. Simple devices for use in zones 20 to 22 must have
an approval, whereas this is not necessary for simple devices ap
plied in zones 0 to 2.
Associated equipment is to be marked as follows:

[Ex ia Ga] IIC
Ex
complies with European standard
Ia
Ignition protection (category)
IIC
explosion category
Ga
device protection rating
Marking of devices conforming to ATEX

The test certificate number of the EC type examination certificate
acc. to the ATEX directive:
PTB 97 ATEX 2128X
Marking of devices
PTB
authorized body
97
year of examination
Marking of devices conforming to CENELEC
ATEX
acc. to directive 94/9/EG
2128
test certificate number
special conditions
Zone
classification
Likelihood of an
explosive
atmosphere
Compliance with
safety
requirements by
Zone 0 (gas, )
Zone 20 (dust)
Continuously, for long

periods or frequently
2 independent
means of protection
Zone 1
Zone 21
Occasionally
Zone 2
Zone 22
Unlikely or infrequently - for

a short period only
Within the European Union the devices must meet the respective
requirements. If the manufacturer fulfills these, he is permitted to
affix the CE sign with the identification number of the notified
body, which carried out the quality assurance system approval.
0102
Equipment for explosion protected areas must be clearly marked.

There are two different types of marking. According to CENELEC,
marking of an apparatus conforming to EN 60079-0/...-11 must
provide the following information:
manufacturers name or trademark
part number
serial number
authorized body
Ex symbol
ignition category, e.g. ia
x after the test certificate number indicates that special con
ditions must be met (see certificate for special conditions)
designated group together with the respective subdivision
(e.g. IIC)
Requirements fulfilled by:

Equipment
group
Related equipment
category
II
1G (for gas, ...)
III
1D (for dust)
1 independent
means of protection
II
2G
III
2D
Normal operation
II
3G
III
3D
Additional equipment
category
1
1 or 2
Tab.3: Zone classification equipment categories
288

For intrinsically safe devices the marking would be:

II 1 G
II
all areas except mining
very high safety level suited for zone 0
explosion protected against gas, vapour and mist
Associated equipment is identifiable by round brackets enclosing

the device category:
II (1) G
II
all areas except mining
(1)
may not be installed in Ex areas
explosion protected against gas, vapour and mist
Manufacturer obligations
The manufacturer must provide a certificate of conformity
and EC type examination certificate from an authorized test
body.
The authorized body implements tests and certifies that the de
vices comply with the regulations and standards of the explosion
hazardous area. The manufacturer is required to supply a type
test sample to an authorized test body, which draws up a test re
port to b
e submitted to the notified body entitled to issue the EC
type examination certificate after verifying conformity. Notified
bodies and external inspection bodies are registered centrally.
The EC type examination certificate contains all Ex-relevant data
for devices of zone 0 and 1. It is the manufacturers responsibility
to keep a copy of the certificate. Along with the certificate, the
manufacturer provides an instruction manual with all relevant Ex
data. In addition, the manufacturer issues a declaration of confor
mity, stating that all applicable standards and directives are met.
The user n
eeds these documents to document compliance of the
system installation.
CE marking of equipment
Devices for use in explosion hazardous areas are provided with
the CE marking and the identification code of the testing authori
ty. The assessment procedure for CE marking is clearly defined
and depends on the device category. The example shown relates
to device c ategory 1, featuring the highest safety level. The appli
cable annexes of the directive 94/9/EC are also shown.

QA Assessment of the quality assurance system

The manufacturer of intrinsically safe devices, categories 1 and 2,
must have an approved quality management system. This appro
val is n
eeded to ensure that the manufacturer produces the de
vices according to the test type sample and that conformity to re
levant p
rotection regulations is given. Assessment of the quality
assurance system is carried out by a notified body. Assessment
can be achieved in two different ways:
Assessment and certification can be done directly within the
scope of certification according to ISO 9000ff. Approval of those
fields a ssociated with explosion protection is accomplished in co
operation with an expert of the notified body. If the ISO certifica
te has a lready been granted, it is possible to certify those parts re
lating to explosion protection subsequently within the scope of
an additional audit. The following illustration shows both
possibilities:

TURCKs manufacturing sites for explosion protected devices are

certified according to ISO 9001 and have a quality system
approval.
Guidelines for use of devices with

intrinsically safe circuits
Guidelines for use of devices with intrinsically safe circuits
The national regulations and standards are the basis for use of
devices with intrinsically safe circuits. These must be strictly ob
served and followed. The user is obliged to inform himself of all
revisions. The following guidelines relate to the ATEX (94/9/EC)
directive of the member states of the European Union, especially
to the field of explosion protection in areas exposed to hazards
by gas. If the device is c lassified as associated equipment with in
trinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe circuits, it may not be ins
talled in explosion hazardous areas It is only permitted to con
nect intrinsically safe devices located in the hazardous area to the
intrinsically safe circuits of this device. The intrinsically safe con
nections of TURCK devices carry a blue marking.
When interconnecting devices within such an assembly it is man
datory to provide a proof of intrinsic safety (EN 60079-14: 2004,
chap. 1
2.2.5). This is required to verify that all data related to ex
plosion protection of the devices allow joint operation. Verifica
tion must include the internal capacitances and inductances of
the cables used. Please refer to the special section Proof of in
trinsic safety for m
ore information.
Different annexes apply to the various device categories.

289
Explosion
protection
The test authority TV Hannover has the ID number 0044, EXAM

(BVS) Bochum 0158 and PTB Braunschweig 0102.
The year of production and the constructional level of safety acc.
to ATEX must be also contained in the devices marking.

Intrinsically safe circuits should never be interconnected with

non-safe circuits. Even if only interconnected once, it is possible
that essential protective elements are damaged without the user
being aware of this fact. A simple function test is not suited to ve
rify a damage of this kind. Once intrinsically safe circuits have
been connected to the non-intrinsically safe circuit, it is not per
mitted to use the device subsequently as intrinsically safe equip
ment. The governing regulations cover installation of intrinsically
safe circuits, m
ounting to external connections, cable characteris
tics and cable installation. Cables and terminals with intrinsically
safe circuits must be marked and separated from non-intrinsically
safe circuits or feature appropriate isolation (> 1.500 VAC). The
following is an excerpt from the requirements according to EN
60079-14:
Protection against external electrical or magnetic fields (e.g.
power lines)
Prevent conductor splicing of fine wires through wire sleeves
Minimum cross section of 0.1 mm (also single wires of a con
ductor): 0.1 mm
Protection against damage (mechanical, chemical, thermic )
Armouring, metal cladding, shielding of cables and lines
Common use of single-core non-sheathed cables of intrinsi
cally and non-safe circuits in one line is not permitted
Separate error assessment when using multi-conductor cables
and lines
If cables have to be color-marked, use light-blue.

IMB devices must be coded as a protection measure against
mismatching. This is done by inserting coding keys in the ap

propriate bores; the matching openings are located in the cor
responding retainers.
The approval expires, if the device is repaired, altered or opened
by a person other than the manufacturer or an expert unless the
device-specific instruction manual explicitly permits such inter
ventions. Only an expert is familiar with the information on pro
tection measures needed to assure that the device is still in ac
cordance with the applicable regulations after such an
intervention. Visible damages to the devices housing (e. g. black
or brown discoloration due to heat accumulation, perforation or
deformation) indicate a serious error and the device must be tur
ned off immediately. The associated equipment must also be
checked.
Intrinsically safe circuits with galvanic isolation - as is the case

with TURCK devices - should not be grounded, unless not absolu
tely necessary from a functional point of view. Circuits without
galvanic isolation, like provided by Zener barriers, always require
grounding. EN 60079-14 includes the relevant grounding regula
tions. Within zone 0 grounding of a circuit is not necessary. If
grounding is necessary for functional reasons, then it must be
carried out in close vicinity of zone 0.

When mounting IMB devices (interface module backplane),

further instructions must be observed, owing to their open const
ruction a nd special connection technology:
The devices have to be mounted such as to comply at least
with protection class IP20 acc. to IEC publication 60529. Gene
rally, this is a chieved by plugging dummy modules (IMB-BM)
in the free slots.
Connections for intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe cir
cuits must either be separated by a physical barrier so that they
are at least 50 mm (thread measure) apart from each other, or
each connection must be provided with cable sleeves which
cannot slip off and e
nsure covering of all bare parts. A thread
measure is defined as the distance between circuits separated
by a physical barrier. The reason for this regulation is that it is
possible to work with live intrinsically safe circuits; thus it must
be avoided that these come into contact accidentally with any
non-safe connection components. This distance is only requi
red for external connections which can be a ccessed by the
290

Inspection of a device with regard to all relevant aspects of explo

sion protection may only be carried out by an expert or the
manufacturer. The operation of the devices is only permitted in
conjunction with the permitted data. The supply voltage for ex
ample should never exceed or fall below the indicated maximum
value or the temperature range during operation.

user. The minimum distance between two intrinsically safe cir

cuits must be 6 mm and separation from other (grounded) me
tal parts must be 3 mm.
Prior to every initial set-up or after any change of the device in

terconnection within the assembly, it must be ensured that all
applicable regulations, directives and framework directives are
met, that all safety regulations are fulfilled and that the device is
functioning properly. Only then the operation is permitted.
Mounting and connection of the device should only be carried
out by qualified and trained staff familiar with the relevant natio
nal and international regulations of explosion protection to ensu
re correct operation.
The system operator must ensure that the system is always in the
required safe condition. The system must be inspected conti
nuously and necessary maintenance work must be carried out
immediately while observing the safety regulations. The system
must be tested in case of need, latest every three years.

Proof of intrinsic safety
The cable characteristics provided by the manufacturer should be

used. Should these not be available, the following typical values
(acc. to EN 60017-14, Teil 12.2.2.2.) are recommended: 200pF/m
und 1mH/m oder 30H/.
According to EN 60079-14 a proof of intrinsic safety must be pro

vided to confirm that equipment interconnected within an as
sembly meets the requirements of intrinsic safety. There are two
different types of circuits:
Simple intrinsically safe circuit with a single associated device
and at least one intrinsically safe device without additional
supply.
More than one associated devices capable of supplying electri
cal energy to the intrinsically safe circuit, not only during nor
mal operation but also in a fault condition.
Simple circuit
The first definition of a simple intrinsically safe circuit requires the
observance of all electrical limit values stated in the EC type
examination certificate and the power characteristics. If these
conditions are met, the user is entitled to keep a proof of intrinsic
safety. Inductances and capacitances of the installed cables must
be taken into account. The intrinsic safety of a simple circuit is ve
rified, if the limit values are maintained according to the fol
lowing conditions:
Associated equipment
Conditions
Intrinsically safe device + cable
U0
UI
I0
II
P0
PI
L0
LI +LC
C0
CI +CC
Circuits with
non-linear output characteristic of associated equipment and
(at the same time)
the presence of distributed reactances only.
If massed reactances are present and under the condition of line
ar limitation by the associated equipment it must be checked if:
C0 > 1 % of CI L0 >1 % of LI
If one of the two conditions apply, the percentage of C0 and L0
must be reduced by half (50% rule).
If the value P0 of the associated equipment is not specified, a line

ar characteristic must be available, on the basis of which P0 can
be calculated: P0 = I0 U0
The connection of proximity switches to isolating switching amp
lifiers, or 2-wire transmitters to isolating transducers, or solenoid
valves to a valve control module can be considered as simple cir
cuits. The limit value indexes of the certificate of conformity and
the EC type examination certificate differ. In this overview the in
dexes according to EN 60079-14 are used. Index 0 stands for
maximum output values and I for maximum input values.
The proof of intrinsic safety should be laid down in a standar
dized document to facilitate clear documentation. The document
should contain the date, the name of the manufacturer, the cir
cuit type and the type code.
Interconnection of several devices
The second case considers interconnection of several active asso
ciated devices. Here it is not permitted to apply the electric limit
values o
f the EC type examination certificate for the proof of in
trinsic safety. This case differs fundamentally from the first one.
Different limit v alues apply to an assembly of individually associa
ted devices. Such an assembly will always be classified as equip
ment according to category ib, even if the single devices com
ply with category ia. An assembly may therefore not be
installed in zone 0. A detailed d
escription of interconnection and
assembly is beyond the scope of this introduction. The related
calculation methods and an example a re contained in annexes A
and B of EN 60079-14. Additionally, the ignition curves of IEC
60079-11 are needed. EN 50020 also contains the ignition curves.
When interconnecting associated devices whose typical curves
are not entirely linear, a special procedure must be applied. This
procedure is explained precisely in EN 60079-25.
Explosion
protection
Example: Proof of intrinsic safety

Associated equipment:
Designation
Type
Manufacturer
Test certificate no.
Expl. group
U0
[V]
I0
[mA]
P0
[mW]
L0
[H]
C0
[nF]
Isolating switching
amplifier
TURCK
TV 08 ATEX 554880
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
12.0
12.4
37.2
10.0
0.49
Manufacturer Test certificate no.
Expl. group
Ui
[V]
Ii
[mA]
Pi
[mW]
Li
[H]
Ci
[nF]
IMB-DI-451EX-P/24VDC
Intrinsically safe equipment:

No.
Designation
Type
Proximity switch
BIM-INT-Y1X
TURCK
KEMA 01 ATEX 1264 X
EEx ia IIC T6
20.0
60.0
80.0
150.0
150.0
Proximity switch
BI1-EG05-Y1
TURCK
KEMA 02 ATEX 1090 X
Ex ia IIC T6
20.0
60.0
130.0
150.0
150.0
Cable inductances and capacitances:

(Manufactures spec. or LC = 1 mH/km. CC = 110 nF/km)
0.13
14.3
150.13
164.3
Total cable length: 130 m
Total inductances and capacitances: (Li and Ci)

Intrinsic safety is achieved if all conditions are fulfilled: U0 Ui I0 Ii P0 Pi L0 Li C0 Ci
291

Applicability of approvals
Applicability of approvals / national approvals
Equipment certified according to the ATEX directive may be
placed on the market, installed and put into service within the
member s tates of the European Union.
Even though Switzerland does not belong to the EU, approvals
according to ATEX are accepted. An approval by SEV is not requi
red, if the customer provides the mandatory documentation, i.e.
the instruction manual, the EC type examination certificate, the
CE declaration and the certificate of the quality management au
dit relating to explosion protection.
Many states outside the European Union explicitly request their
own national approval. Therefore TURCK devices feature appro
vals for many different countries. National approvals are required
in countries such as the USA, Canada, China, Japan, Australia, CIS
states, whereas other states accept approvals issued by other sta
tes. For this reason it is indispensable to be familiar with the nati
onal requirements.
In many states approvals are granted for a certain period only.
Therefore it is recommended that check is made whether the ap
proval has expired or has been prolonged accordingly. If an ap
proval expires after installation, many countries accept further
operation.
Approvals according to ATEX and approvals in the USA and Cana
da are not subject to a time limit.
Approvals available on the internet

Overview of approvals
TURCK offers their customers the opportunity to view all valid ap
provals and to download these at:www.turck.com
292
Explosion
protection

293
Function
Functional Safety (S

SIL Functional Safety in Process Automation
The IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 standards offer methods of making
risk assessments of safety circuits. These standards define four sa
fety levels which describe the measures required for the mitigati
on of risk in installation sections. All field devices are subjected to
the rigorous test conditions and analyses stipulated by IEC 61508
in order to determine the SIL classification of a device.
The EU Directive 96/82/EU (Seveso II Directive) of the European
Union lays down the legal basis for the operation of installations
with major accident hazards. The Directive 96/82/EU is imple
mented in the Hazardous Incident Ordinance in the Federal Im
mission Control Act (12th BImSchV) of April 1 2000.
For the design of safety-related process control systems, a previ
ous version of the Hazardous Incident Ordinance refers to DIN
19250 and 19251, which describe the requirements classes AK 1 8. In the newer version, the Hazardous Incident Ordinance refers
to DIN EN 61508 and DIN EN 61511, which have similar content to
the IEC 61508/ IEC61511 standards. These standards define four
safety levels (SIL1 to SIL4) which describe the measures required
for the mitigation of risk in installation sections and according to
which field devices and actuators must be designed.
For the safe operation of an installation, all safety circuits consis

ting of sensor/transducer, control system and actuator are exami
ned and assessed in a further step according to IEC regulations
and assigned an SIL classification. Prior to designing and calcula
ting the safety circuit, a so-called SIL assessment is carried out
which determines the safety standard (e.g. SIL2) with which the
safety circuit must comply. For this purpose, software products
are available on the market which document and record all as
pects of plant certification from SIL assessment right through to
the design and calculation of the safety circuits in accordance
with IEC 61508.
During the permanent operation of a plant the safety functions
of all safety circuits must be tested and documented on a regular
basis. For this purpose individual test routines have to be defi
ned, executed and documented accordingly. This is a time consu
ming process that is ultimately for the benefit of people and the
environment.
In order to estimate whether a device is suitable for a safety sys

tem with a specific SIL requirement, the field devices are analy
zed and tested jointly by the manufacturer and an independent
test authority.
The FMEDA analysis (Failure Mode, Effect and Diagnostics Analy
sis) is carried out in order to evaluate the hardware structure of
the electronics. Together with the assessment of the (electro)me
chanical components, the failure rates of the device, such as tem
perature transducers, can be determined. For this three parame
ters are primarily used that are calculated from the FMEDA: The
hardware fault tolerance (HFT), the safe failure fraction (SFF) and
the probability of failure on demand (PFD). The field devices are
also subjected to other general safety assessments. The specified
classification in the declaration of SIL conformity refers to the lo
west SIL level.
294
nal Safety (SIL
SIL
ID
Type
Function
SIL Classification
7541226
IM1-12Ex-R
Isolating switching amplifier
7541227
IM1-12Ex-T
7541231
IM1-22Ex-R
7541232
IM1-22Ex-T
7541229
IM1-121Ex-R
7541230
IM1-121Ex-T
7506440
IM33-11Ex-Hi/24VDC
Isolating transducer
7506446
IM33-12Ex-Hi/24VDC
7506441
IM33-22Ex-Hi/24VDC
7506516
IM35-11Ex-Hi/24VDC
7506515
IM35-22Ex-Hi/24VDC
7570004
IM35-11Ex-Hi/24VDC
7520703
IM72-11Ex/L
Valve control module
7520702
IM72-22Ex/L
7520511
IM73-12-R/230VAC
Relay couplers
7520712
IM73-12-R/24VUC
Relay couplers
7570005
IMB-AO-22EX-HI/24VDC
7570006
IMB-AIA-22EX-HI/24VDC
7570002
IMB-DI-451EX-P/24VDC
7570003
IMB-DO-44EX-N/24VDC
7570018
IMB-DO-44EX-P/24VDC
Functional Safety
(SIL)
Devices with SIL Certification
295
Glossary
Glossary
Glossary
Glossary
Actuator
Backplane
An actuator is a device that acts as a controlling element and

converts electrical control signals into mechanical movement,
such as for a control valve.
A backplane is a mounting plate which provides slots for taking

module cards.
Burden
Alarm output
A detected wire break or short-circuit in the input circuit (e.g. of
an isolating switching amplifier) causes the disconnection of the
respective output. The alarm output remains on as long as the in
put circuit monitoring does not detect any faults. If a fault occurs
in a circuit, the alarm output switches off (see also Common
alarm output).
The burden defines the maximum value of the resistance on an

analog output. This values consists of the load of the connected
device and the cable resistance.
Cable compensation
The electrical output of an interface device that switches in the

event of a wire break or short-circuit in the input circuit (see also
Alarm output).
With temperature measurements a so-called cable compensation

may be required, depending on the measuring process (e.g.
Pt100 in 2-wire circuits). With resistance thermometers, the resis
tance value of the incoming cable must be taken into account
with 2-wire
circuits; This resistance value is determined with
cable compensation and can thus be compensated. Otherwise
unwanted corruptions of the measuring result may occur.
Analog output
Cable monitoring
The analog output signal serves for continuous outputting of a

measured variable. The analog-signal format is for example
0/420 mA or 0/210 V.
TURCK interface devices with cable monitoring are used to moni

tor the input circuit for short-circuits and wire breaks (see also In
put circuit monitoring).
Analog signal
Cable resistance
An analog signal is an electrical signal that can continuously take

on any infinitely variable value between a minimum and maxi
mum value (see also Digital signal).
The cable resistance is the resistance value of a complete cable

(feed and return cables).
Alarm output (Interface technology)
Category (Ex devices)
Application area (Ex devices)

The application areas for Ex devices are:
The hazardous areas themselves
The areas outside of the hazardous areas
Associated equipment
Associated equipment is equipment that incorporates non-intrin
sically safe circuits as well as intrinsically safe circuits. Intrinsically
safe d
evices may be connected to associated electrical equip
ment, provided that all essential conditions for this kind of inter
connected assembly are fulfilled. For example, an isolating swit
ching amplifier is classed as associated equipment and the
connected NAMUR sensor as intrinsically safe equipment.
ATEX
The abbreviation for Atmosphre explosible stands for the
framework directive 94/9/EC which refers to the harmonized Eu
ropean standard under Article 100a. The relevant national regu
lations for explosion protection were derived from the ATEX 100a
standard.
296
1: Category ia: Very high level of safety; Two of the faults descri
bed in the standard may occur and the device should remain
safe.
2: Category ib: High level of safety; One of the faults described in
the standard may occur and the device should remain safe.
3: Category ic: The device ensures (retains) the requisite level of
protection during normal operation (see also Device category)
Cold junction compensation
Thermocouples require a reference temperature in order to com
pensate the effect of the terminals of the measuring amplifier on
the actual temperature measurement. As the terminals of the
measuring amplifier are made from a different material to the wi
res of the thermocouple, a temperature is generated at the junc
tions (also called cold junctions) which then corrupts the voltage
output by the thermocouple. In order to compensate for this dis
tortion, the temperature at the cold junction is also measured
(e.g. via a Pt100 resistor), fed to the amplifier and deducted from
the measured value.
Glossary
A detected wire break or short-circuit in the input circuit (e.g. of a

multi-channel isolating switching amplifier) causes the discon
nection o
f the respective output. The alarm output remains on as
long as the input circuit monitoring does not detect any faults. If
a fault occurs in a circuit, the alarm output switches off (see also
Alarm output).
Damping element
Damping elements are normally cog wheels or screws that repea
tedly damp a sensor and thus enable the measuring of speed, for
example on a drive.
Degree of protection (Interface devices)
Protection against direct contact and solid bodies and water:
IP20: Protection against solid bodies from 12.5 mm in diameter
and larger; no protection against water
IP67: Full protection against dust and protection against im
mersion in water at a depth of 1 m for 30 minutes at a constant
temperature
Device group (Ex devices)
The device groups define and describe the place of use of a de
vice in the explosion hazardous area:
Device Group I: For mining underground with a potential ha
zard due to firedamp and/or combustible dusts.
Device Group II: For all other locations in which a potentially
explosive atmosphere exists.
Digital output
A digital output provides on/off signals depending on the values
that are determined during a continuous measuring process. Di
gital o
utputs are normally implemented with PNP or NPN transis
tors or with an electromechanical relay.
Directives. This must be ensured by the manufacturer by means

of appropriate manufacturing and testing.
EC type examination certificate
The EC type examination certificate is issued by a certified testing
laboratory and contains the technical data of a device or values at
which the device may be operated. The EC type examination cer
tificate also states any special conditions for the use of the de
vice as w
ell as the basic safety and health regulations.
Efficiency
The efficiency is generally the ratio of the output power (effective
power) to the input power.
EMC
The electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) denotes the normally
desired state in which technical devices do not cause or suffer
undesired electrical or electromagnetic interference to or from
other devices in the same environment.
Equipment category (Ex devices)
The equipment category describes the achieved safety level of a
device for the explosion hazardous area:
1: Very high level of safety; Two of the faults described in the
standard may occur and the device should remain safe.
2: One of the faults described in the standard may occur and the
device should remain safe.
3: The device ensures (retains) the requisite level of protection
during normal operation (see also Device category)
Explosion
By an explosion is meant an exothermic reaction of material (gas,
vapor, fumes or dust) that takes place at a very high speed of
reaction.
Drop-off time
Explosion hazards
The drop-off time defines the time required for a signal to change
its signal level from 90% to 10% (see also Rise time).
Explosion hazards only exist in locations

in which ignitable concentrations of flammable substances can
exist under normal operating conditions or in the event of
faults, and when these conditions provide the probability that
a dangerous substance to air mixture is enough to form an ex
plosive mixture;
where the explosive or ignitable mixtures can come in contact
with a source of ignition and continue to burn after ignition.
DTM
DTM is an abbreviation for Device Type Manager. DTMs are nor
mally drivers for devices that are parametrized by computer,
which for e
xample can be parametrized via FDT (see also FDT
and PACTware).
EC conformity declaration
The EC conformity declaration is used by the manufacturer to le
gally certify that the device complies with the relevant European
Explosive atmosphere
An explosive atmosphere contains gases, vapors, fumes or dusts
mixed with air as well as the usual filler materials that can explo
de spontaneously under atmospheric conditions (see also Explo
297
Glossary
Common alarm output
Glossary
sive mixture). An explosive atmosphere may occur wherever

ported or stored.
Explosive atmosphere (harzardous)
Explosive atmosphere (hazardous)
Explosive limits
A mixture is only explosive if the concentration is within certain
material specific limits. These limits are called the upper and lo
wer e
xplosion limits and are listed in appropriate tables.
Explosive mixture
A combustible (flammable) mixture is a mixture of gases or va
pours, or a mixture of gases and vapours with mists and dusts, ca
pable of propelling a reaction after ignition.
External inductance
Frequency
The frequency f defines the number of oscillations per second
and can also be calculated as the reciprocal value of the period
duration (T = 1/f). The SI unit of frequency is the Hertz (1/s). How
ever, other units are also used, such as 1/min.
Galvanic isolation
Galvanic isolation provides the isolation of electrical circuits by
means of transformers such as optocoupler.
HART
HART stands for Highway Addressable Remote Transducer and
consists of digital communication via a common data bus. The
data transfer is implemented according to the Bell 202 standard
by means Frequency Shift Keying (FSK). The low-frequency ana
log signal is s uperimposed with a high frequency oscillation (
0.5 mA). A digital 1 is represented with a frequency of 1.2 kHz
(1200 Hz) and a 0 w
ith the frequency 2.2 kHz (2200 Hz).
Hazardous area
A hazardous area is an area in which there is a risk of explosion,
i.e. a hazardous explosive atmosphere can occur due to local ope
rating conditions. Such explosion atmospheres are typically
found in chemical factories, gas stations, etc.
Hysteresis
Fault current
With switching outputs: The difference between the switch-on

and the switch-off point. The two switch points can be set to dif
ferent v alues in order to prevent the fluttering of an output. If the
switch-off point is higher than the switch-on point, this monitors
the overshooting of a limit value. If the switch-on point is higher
than the switch-off point, this monitors the undershooting of a li
mit value. The difference between the values depends on the ap
plication and should allow for regular deviations of the measured
value.
Output current in the event of a wire break or short-circuit in the

input circuit, selectable between 0 mA or > 22 mA
I/P converter
By external inductance is meant those inductances that have an

effect outside of an Ex device, such as in a cable.
ExVO
German explosion protection ordinance
FDT
An FDT/DTM configuration tool is a modular software concept
and is structured in a manufacturer-independent configuration
tool as a frame application, the FDT (Field Device Tool) and ma
nufacturer-specific device drivers, the DTMs (Device Type Mana
ger) (see also DTM / PACTware).
Field device
In automation, devices that are installed outside of the control
cabinet, e.g. a NAMUR sensor, are called field devices.
Flash-point
The flash-point is the lowest temperature at which a liquid relea
ses sufficient vapors that can be ignited when close to an energy
source and extinguished when the energy source is removed.
FM (Approval)
Certification and testing laboratory for North American approvals
for the Ex and non-Ex area (see also UL)
298
An I/P converter converts a current signal on the input side

(0/420 mA) to a pressure on (e.g. 0.54 bar) on the output
side.
IECEx
International Electrotechnical Commission System for Certifica
tion to Standards Relating to Equipment for use in Explosive
Atmospheres.
Inductance
Inductance is the electrical property of a current-carrying con
ductor or other component to form on account of a change in
current a magnetic field which works against the
electrical
change in current.
Input circuit monitoring
The input circuit monitoring monitors the connected loop. The
420-mA signal is normally used for analog signals (example:
Wire break at I < 3.6 mA). The NAMUR working group provides re
commended thresholds. NAMUR sensors offer line monitoring for
Glossary
Input delay
The input delay specifies the time required by a device (e.g. a val
ve control module) to provide the output signal after a signal is
present at the input.
Input frequency
The input frequency is the maximum frequency that may be pre
sent at the device input.
Input lock-out time
During the input lock-out time pulses at the sensor input of the
interface device are suppressed for the set time.
Input resistance
The input resistance is present at the input of a device and loads
the voltage source present at the input.
Insulation resistance
By insulation resistance is meant the ohmic resistance between
electrical conductors or to ground potential.
Internal inductance
The value of the internal inductance must be taken into account
when verifying intrinsic safety. The internal inductance of associ
ated equipment reduces the connectable value. The internal in
ductance of an intrinsically safe apparatus reduces the usable
cable length. The 50% rule should be applied if the intrinsically
safe equipment also has an internal capacitance in addition to
the internal inductance. This rule is applicable as soon as both re
actances are more than 1 % of the connectable reactances. If this
is the case, the connectable reactances are reduced by 50 %, i.e.
the usable cable length is reduced.
Intrinsic safety
Intrinsic safety i is a protection type for the hazardous area that
is described by the EN 60079-11:2007 standard. This limits the
electrical energy of an apparatus so that an explosive atmosphe
re cannot be ignited (see also section Basic Explosion Protection
Principles).
Linearity deviation
Indicated by sensors with analog output. Admissible deviation of
the output signal from an ideal linear curve, indicated in % f.s. of
the o
utput signal.
Load resistance
A load resistor or reducing resistor is a precision resistor, conver
ting 420 mA signals in voltage signals. The most commonly ap
plied load resistor operates with 250 Ohm 0.025 Ohm and con
verts current in 14 V signals. For good temperature stability the
load resistor should have a temperature coefficient of at least
0.01 % per C.
Loop-powered
Loop-powered devices are fed from the signal and do not require
a separate power supply.
Measurement accuracy
The closeness of the measured value to the nominal value. See
also Measurement deviation
Measurement deviation
Deviation of a measured value from a nominal value according to
DIN 1319-1:1995.
Measuring range
Indicated by sensors with analog output. The range within which
the output signal is changed.
Millivolt signals
One thousandth of a volt
NAMUR
International association of users of automation in the process
industry.
Ni100
Temperature-dependent resistor to DIN 43760, consisting of ni
ckel; less expensive than Pt100 resistors. The temperature coef
ficient of a nickel resistance thermometer is virtually 2 x greater
than that of a platinum resistance thermometer.
Normally closed operation
Intrinsically safe equipment
Normally closed operation is present when the output (e.g. of an

isolating switching amplifier) is active when the contact is open
or with an activated NAMUR sensor.
Intrinsically safe equipment denotes devices that comply with

protection type i (intrinsically safe).
Normally open operation
Limit frequency
The limit frequency defines the maximum or minimum value of
the frequency that can or should be processed. To ensure interfe
rence immunity, an upstream filter is installed in the pulse inputs
of rotational speed monitors. Input frequencies that are above
the limit frequency of this filter can no longer be processed by
the speed monitoring device.
Normally open operation is present when the output (such as of

a isolating switching amplifier) is active when the contact is
closed or with a non-activated inductive NAMUR sensor.
On signal (1 signal)
The On signal defines the signal level (e.g. in Volts) required by a
device to detect the input pulse (e.g. 530 V see also Zero
signal).
299
Glossary
digital signals. Sensors compliant with EN 60947-5-6 (NAMUR)

have an impedance of < 400 in a non operational state and
otherwise have a maximum impedance that ensures a minimum
current of > 0.05 mA. These limit values can be used for detecting
wire breaks and/or short-circuits in the control circuit of swit
ching amplifiers.
Glossary
Open circuit voltage

The open circuit voltage is the voltage on the output side if no
load is connected.
Ordinance on electrical installations in explosion hazardous
locations (old)/ areas (new)
The ElexV is intended for individuals in Germany responsible for
the technological causes leading to the formation of explosive
mixtures. Since 1980, the ElexV comprises the European-orien
tedlaws for explosion protection of industrial electrical equip
ment. In this "old" version, it was the legal basis for
the explosion protection of industrial equipment. Together with
the provisions for explosion hazardous areas and especially with
the division into zones, ElexV was the benchmark for measures to
provide industrial explosion protection. This has changed with
the introduction of the ATEX directive. The technical specifica
tions of new equipment are now stipulated in the new Explosion
protection directive (EXVO). In its "new" version from
1996, The ElexV only refers to fields which have not yet become
national law.
standardization of the interface between the device and the ope

rator interface. The FDT enables the o
peration of devices bet
ween the PACTware frame software and the individual software
modules (DTM = Device Type Manager) to be integrated simply
and quickly. PACTware enables the devices of an installation to
be configured and operated simply, quickly and efficiently, as
well as diagnosed if required.
Period duration measuring process
With the rotation speed monitors, the time between two succes
sive input pulses is measured directly and compared with the in
ternally defined reference time. This measuring principle also
enables acceptable reaction times in applications with relatively
large pulse intervals.
Power consumption
The current consumption defines the current that is used for the
power supply of the device. For sensors with switching output
the p
ower consumption is indicated without load.
Power consumption
Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health (BetrSichV)

The Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health (BetrSichV) is the
German implementation of the Work Equipment Directive
89/655/EC[1], later replaced by Directive 2009/104/EC[2], and re
gulates in Germany the provision of equipment by the employer,
the use of equipment by employees during work, and the opera
tion of systems subject to monitoring for occupational safety.
Output current
The output current is the current that a device can provide at the
output circuit.
Output function (see also electrical versions)
Typical output functions are:
NAMUR: Normalized output signal acc. to EN 60947-5-6
normally open (NO): The output is open when the sensor is
non-activated and closed when the sensor is activated.
Normally closed (NC): The output is closed when the sensor is
non-activated and open when the sensor is activated.
Complementary/Antivalent (two-way contact): One of the two
outputs is closed in the non-activated state and the other out
put is closed in the activated state.
Analog output: Analog output: The output supplies a norma
lized output signal (0/420 mA or 0/210 V).
The power consumption defines the value that the device itself
converts.
Primary explosion protection
The primary method of explosion protection comprises measures
which prevent formation of a dangerous atmosphere, such as
avoiding the use of flammable liquids
increasing the flash point
limiting the concentration to safe levels
natural and technical ventilation
monitoring of the concentration
(see also Secondary explosion protection)
According to EN 60079-14 a proof of intrinsic safety must be pro
vided to confirm that equipment interconnected within an as
sembly meets the requirements of intrinsic safety. There are two
different types of circuits:
Simple intrinsically safe circuit with a single associated device
and at least one intrinsically safe device without additional
supply.
More than one associated devices capable of supplying electri
cal energy to the intrinsically safe circuit, not only during nor
mal operation but also in a fault condition.
Output power
Protection type
The output power is the power that a device can provide at the
output circuit, such as a valve control module for the associated
valve c ontrolled (see also Switching capacity).
The EN 60079 (IEC 60079) standard stipulates general require

ments for the design and testing of electrical equipment required
for the hazardous area:
Oil immersion o (EN / IEC 60079-6)
Pressurized enclosure p (EN /IEC 60079-2)
Sand filling q (EN / IEC 60079-5)
Flameproof enclosure d (EN / IEC 60079-1)
Increased safety e (EN / IEC 60079-7)
Intrinsic safety i (EN / IEC 60079-11)
Non sparking equipment nA (EN / IEC 60079-15)
Sparking equipment nC nR (EN / IEC 60079-15)
Encapsulation m (EN / IEC 60079-18)
Optical radiation o (EN / IEC 60079-28)
Intrinsically safe electrical systems i-SYST (EN / IEC 60079-25)
(see also the section Basics of explosion protection)
Output voltage
The output voltage is the voltage that a device can provide at the
output circuit.
PACTware
PACTware stands for Process Automation Configuration Tool
and is an open and manufacturer-independent operator inter
face for the plant-wide operation of devices, systems and com
munication components. PACTware has the FDT interface inte
grated. FDT (Field D
evice Tool) is the standard for the
300
Glossary
Pt100 resistors are used for industrial temperature measuring. IEC

751 contains the reference tables for platinum resistors. The
measuring range is from -200C to +850 C; the range -100C to
+600C is the usual range for standard resistors A Pt100 can be
connected to a transducer in 2, 3 or 4-wire technology.
ding explosive atmosphere.

(see also Primary explosion protection)
The short-circuit current defines the value of the current present
in the event of a short-circuit.
Pulse
Short-circuit detection
Pulses are voltages or currents that exist over a short period. For
monitoring rotational speed, the signals of a NAMUR sensor are
used as input pulses for the rotation speed monitor.
Several TURCK interface devices, such as isolating switching amp

lifiers, are provided with short-circuit monitoring in the input cir
cuit
(see also Input circuit monitoring and Short-circuit
threshold).
Pulse output
The pulse output (transistor output) provides the input pulse sig
nal (e.g. with a rotational speed monitor) for other processing
units.
Pulse time
The pulse time is the period in which a pulse is present.
Rated voltage
The rated voltage is the highest permissible supply voltage (in
normal operation).
Rated voltage
The rated voltage is the voltage that a device requires for troublefree operation (see also Operational voltage range).
Ring memory
The short-circuit threshold is the value at which a device, such as
an isolating switching amplifier, detects a short-circuit in the in
put circuit.
SIL
SIL stands for Safety Integrity Level. The IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
standards offer methods of making risk assessments of safety cir
cuits. These standards define four safety levels (SIL level) which
describe the measures required for the mitigation of risk in instal
lation sections.
Simple electrical equipment
Simple components and simple equipment that do not generate
or store more than 1.5 V, 0.1 A and 25 mW, and do not require a
test certificate are classified as simple electrical equipment (e.g.
thermocouples). This equipment is defined in the standard EN
60079-14.
A ring memory stores data continuously over a specific period

and overwrites the data after a specific time has elapsed in order
to release memory for new data. This process is inevitably best il
lustrated graphically in a ring form, thus the name of this
technology.
Start-up time delay
Ripple
Substance group (Ex devices)
Irregularities in the DC voltage may occur after the VAC mains

voltage is rectified to a VDC voltage (due to the original sinusoi
f the mains voltage). The remaining wave troughs can
dal wave o
be compensated (smoothed) by means of a capacitor connec
ted in parallel to the load or a coil connected in series to the load.
The remaining AC component after smoothing is called the ripple
or hum voltage. 10% ripple (peak to peak) of supply voltage is
usually tolerated.
The substance group for the Ex area indicates the use of a device
in specific atmospheres:
G: Explosion protection in explosive atmospheres due to gases,
vapours or mists (G: gas)
D: Explosion protection in explosive atmospheres due to dusts
(D: dust)
Rise time
The supply voltage is the voltage that a device requires for troub
le-free operation.
The rise time defines the time required for a signal to change its
signal level from 10% to 90% (see also Drop-off time).
Secondary explosion protection
The secondary method of explosion protection comprises mea
sures which prevent ignition of a dangerous atmosphere. For this
purpose constructive or electrical techniques are used to
segregate the electrical equipment which could ignite a dan
gerous mixture by keeping the explosive atmosphere away
from the ignition source.
prevent an explosion by impeding the propagation to surroun
Adjustable time for bridging the startup phase, e.g. of a drive in

which an underspeed is not indicated. Only after the delay time
has elapsed are the set parameters checked for underspeed.
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range

The supply voltage range is the range between the minimum and
maximum value that a device requires for a safe power supply
(see also Supply voltage).
Switch current
The switch current is the current that an electrical device can
switch safely.
301
Glossary
Pt100
Glossary
Switch voltage
Trigger event
The switch voltage is the voltage that an electrical device can

switch safely.
A trigger event is normally the triggering of an event, such as the

exceeding of a limit value, on account of which, for example, the
write p
rocess to a ring memory is stopped.
Switch-off delay
Adjustable time by which the switching of the output can be de
layed after the set limit value has been reached (see also Switchon d
elay).
UL
Certification and test laboratory for North America approvals for
the Ex and non-Ex area (see also FM).
Switch-off threshold / switch-off point
Voltage drop
The switch-off point when the actual value is above or below a

set measured value
In electrical engineering the voltage drop is a potential difference

present between two terminal points of a current carrying resis
tance, e
.g. the voltage across the switched output of a device.
Switch-on threshold
The switch-on threshold defines the signal level at which a
switch-on is initiated, e.g. by means of a limit value relay.
Switching capacity
The switching capacity is the power that an electrical device can
switch safely.
Switching frequency (Interface devices)
The switching frequency is the number of switch-on and switchoff operations of an output per second. The higher the switching
frequency, the more frequently the switch operation can be exe
cuted per second, i.e. the switch operation is faster.
Window function
The window function is used to implement a range in which the
sensor takes on a defined switching state. The user can adjust the
switching range (window) by setting an upper and lower limit.
P
FH
FL
Switching frequency (max.)

The max. switching frequency of a device indicates how many
changes of the switching state are possible within a second.
Temperature classes
Equipment for the hazardous area is classified into temperature
classes. This specifies the maximum permissible surface tempera
ture of an apparatus. Here, the explosion protected apparatus
can be approved for different temperature classes - a decision
which depends on technical and financial considerations.
1
0
1
0
acceptable range
t
Fno
Fnc
Wire-break threshold
Sensors in accordance with EN 60947-5-6 ensure a minimum cur
rent flow of 0.05 mA. This current is used for detecting wire
breaks and r epresents the wire-break threshold.
Zero signal (0 signal)
The cross-section of the connection cables of a device
A zero signal is the signal level (e.g. in Volts) that a device requi
res to detect the input pulse as a zero signal (e.g. 03 V) (see also
On signal).
Test voltage
Zone 0, Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 20, Zone 21, Zone 22
The test voltage is the voltage used for testing the insulation re
sistance (see also Insulation resistance).
In accordance with EN 60079-10 and EN 1127-1, hazardous areas

are classified into zones for flammable gases, vapors, fumes and
combustible dusts. The classification is based on the likelihood
that a dangerous explosive atmosphere occurs. The ATEX Directi
ve has re-defined the zone divisions. Classification
Zones 0, 1 and 2 for gases
Zones 20, 21 and 22 for dusts
(see also the section Basics of explosion protection).
Thermocouples
Thermocouples are used for industrial temperature measuring.
The most common types are type B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S and T
thermocouples. Depending on the type, thermocouples can be
used for temperature ranges from -2701800 C.
Transmitter
Transmitters are devices that convert signals into a different,
mostly normalized signal (e.g. transducer).
302
Glossary
Glossary
303
Index of types
Index of types
Index of t
Index of types
Type
Ident-No.
Page
Type
Ident-No.
Page
IM1-121EX-R
7541229
19
IM34-12EX-CRI
7506632
38
IM1-121EX-T
7541230
19
IM34-12EX-RI
7506631
38
IM1-12EX-MT
7541228
19
IM34-14EX-CDRI
7506634
38
IM1-12EX-R
7541226
19
IM35-11EX-HI
7506517
44
IM1-12EX-T
7541227
19
IM35-11EX-HI/24VDC
7506516
43
IM12-22EX-R
7541233
20
IM35-22EX-HI
7506518
44
IM1-22EX-MT
7541213
20
IM35-22EX-HI/24VDC
7506515
43
IM1-22EX-R
7541231
20
IM36-11EX-I/24VDC
7509525
47
IM1-22EX-R/K51
7541238
20
IM36-11EX-U/24VDC
7509526
47
IM1-22EX-T
7541232
20
IM36-22EX-I
7509528
47
IM1-231EX-R
7541239
21
IM36-22EX-U
7509530
47
IM1-451EX-R
7541188
21
IM43-13-R
7540040
49
IM1-451EX-T
7541189
21
IM43-13-SR
7540041
49
IM1-451-R
7541190
21
IM43-14-CDRI
7540045
49
IM1-451-T
7520721
21
IM43-14-RI
7540042
49
IM21-14-CDTRI
7505650
23
IM43-14-SRI
7540043
49
IM21-14EX-CDTRI
7505651
23
IM72-11EX/L
7520703
51
IM31-11EX-I
7506320
26
IM72-22EX/L
7520702
51
IM31-11EX-U
7506327
26
IM73-12-R/230VAC
7520511
53
IM31-11-I
7506323
25
IM73-12-R/24VUC
7520712
53
IM31-12EX-I
7506321
25
IM73-22Ex-R/24VUC
7520513
53
IM31-12-I
7506324
25
IM82-24-10
7545043
55
IM31-22EX-I
7506322
27
IM82-24-2,5
7545041
55
IM31-22EX-U
7506326
27
IM82-24-20
7545044
56
IM31-22-I
7506325
26
IM82-24-5,0
7545042
55
IM33-11EX-HI
7506443
32
7570004
71
IM33-11EX-HI/24VDC
7506440
31
7570006
73
IM33-11-HI/24VDC
7506447
31
7570005
77
IM33-12EX-HI
7506444
32
IMB-BP-8-E
7570020
67
IM33-12EX-HI/24VDC
7506446
32
IMB-BP-8-H-IN
7570021
67
IM33-14EX-CDRI
7560015
33
IMB-BP-8-H-OUT
7570022
67
IM33-22EX-HI
7506445
34
IMB-BP-8-Y-R
7570001
67
IM33-22EX-HI/24VDC
7506441
34
IMB-DI-44Ex-P/24VDC
7570019
69
IM33-22-HI/24VDC
7506564
33
IMB-DI-451Ex-P/24VDC
7570002
69
IM34-11-Ci
7506638
37
IMB-DO-44Ex-N/24VDC
7570003
79
IM34-11EX-CI
7506633
37
IMB-DO-44Ex-P/24VDC
7570018
79
IM34-11Ex-Ci/24VDC
7506637
37
7570008
75
IM34-11EX-I
7506630
37
7570009
75
304
Index of types
types
Type
Ident-No.
Page
IMC-AI-11EX-I/L
7560004
89
7560009
91
IMC-AO-11EX-I/L
7560006
93
7560010
87
7560003
87
IMC-DO-11EX/L
7560008
95
IMS-AI-DLI-22-DLI/L
7504011
29
IMS-AI-UNI/24V
7504009
29
IMSP-1x2-24
7504050
59
IMSP-2-12
7504054
59
IMSP-2-24
7504052
59
7504051
59
7504055
59
IMSP-4-24
7504053
59
IMS-TI-PT100/24V
7504012
41
Index of types
IMSP-2x2-24
IMSP-4-12
305
WORLDWIDE HEADQUARTERS
Your Global
Automation Partner!
Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG

Witzlebenstr. 7
45472 Muelheim an der Ruhr
Germany
Tel. +49 208 4952-0
Fax +49 208 4952-264
E-Mail more@turck.com
Internet www.turck.com
D201420 2013/12
*D2014201213*

Catalog TURCK

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Catalog TURCK

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

INTERFACE

Sense it! Connect it! Bus it! Solve it!

more@turck.com www.turck.com Edition I/2013

The product portfolio

ty of your production processes and ma

The product data base

more@turck.com www.turck.com Edition I/2013

TURCK interface technology

IM series Universally applicable de

vices for DIN rail mounting with uni

How to find the right solution for my application?

guides you to the desired product. The

IM/IMS/IMSP modular housing

IMB Interface module backplane

IMC Interface module cartridge

Functional Safety (SIL)

more@turck.com www.turck.com Edition I/2013

Series and functions

Functions and appl

Functions and applications

Isolating switching amplifiers are applied

trol circuits and transmit binary signals

Rotation speed monitors/pulse counters

response times for all applications, low

Analog signal isolators Input field side intrinsically safe

Temperature measuring amplifiers

Analog signal isolators Output field side intrinsically safe

more@turck.com www.turck.com Edition I/2013

converters (e.g. at control valves) or indi

Functions and appl

Functions and applications

Potentiometer amplifiers convert the signals. They can be connected to po

Limit value indicators

Surge protection devices

more@turck.com www.turck.com Edition I/2013

MSR devices. Special surge protection

Series and function

Rotation speed monitors

Isolating switching amplifiers

Series and functions

Interface technology in modular housing

Interface technology for the backplane

Distributed Interface technology in IP67

Limit value indicators

Valve control modules

more@turck.com www.turck.com Edition I/2013

Surge protection devices

Analog signal isolators

Interface technology in modular housings

Interface technology in modular housings

IM/IMS/IMSP modular housing

more@turck.com www.turck.com Edition I/2013

Interface technology in modular housings

Our strengths You

Our strengths Your advantages

Removable terminal blocks Simple and error-free installation

Slim design, multichannel devices High packing density

Interface technology in modular housings

Different operating concepts Suited for every application

signs and also with different o

Broad choice of products Made-to-measure solutions

more@turck.com www.turck.com Edition I/2013

Interface technology in modular housings

Interface technology in modular housings